Title:   The Re-Creation of Brian Kent

Subject:  

Author:   H. B. Wright

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Page No 102

Page No 103

Page No 104

Page No 105

Page No 106

Page No 107

Page No 108

Page No 109

Page No 110

Page No 111

Page No 112

Page No 113

Page No 114

Bookmarks





Page No 1


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

H. B. Wright



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

The ReCreation of Brian Kent........................................................................................................................1

H. B. Wright .............................................................................................................................................1

DEAR AUNTIE SUE:.............................................................................................................................1

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN. ..........................................................................................2

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK.............................................................................................5

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER....................................................................................................8

CHAPTER IV. THE WILL OF THE RIVER.......................................................................................12

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN........................................................13

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER.....................................................................18

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW.........................................................................................21

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW...................................................25

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. ................................................................................30

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES.............................................................................................35

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION..........................................................................................................39

CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE..........................................................................44

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. .........................................................................................46

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. .........................................................................................52

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS......................................................................................59

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. ................................................................63

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION. ..............................................................................68

CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF..............................................................................71

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION............................................................................................73

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. .................................................................77

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. ........................................................................81

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. .....................................87

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. ........................................................................92

CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN..................................................................................................98

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. ..........................................................................................................100


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

i



Top




Page No 3


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

H. B. Wright

DEAR AUNTIE SUE: 

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN. 

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK. 

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER. 

CHAPTER IV. THE WILL OF THE RIVER. 

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER. 

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW. 

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES. 

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 

CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE. 

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS. 

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION. 

CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF. 

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION. 

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. 

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS  BANK. 

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 

CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN. 

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER.  

DEAR AUNTIE SUE:

I have wondered many times, while writing this simple story of life  and love, if you would ever forgive me

for putting you in a book.  I  hope you will, because if you do not, I shall be heartbroken, and  you  wouldn't

want me that way, would you, Auntie Sue? 

I fancy I can hear you say:  "But, Harold, how COULD you!  You know  I never did the things you have made

me do in your story.  You know  I  never lived in a little log house by the river in the Ozark  Mountains!  What

in the world will people think!" 

Well, to tell the truth, dear, I don't care so very much what  people think if only they will love you; and that

they are sure to  do, because,well, just because  You must remember, too, that  you  will be eightyseven

The ReCreation of Brian Kent 1



Top




Page No 4


years old the eighteenth of next November,  and it  is therefore quite time that someone put you in a book. 

And, after all, Auntie Sue, are you very sure that you have never  lived in a little log house by the river,are

you very sure,  Auntie  Sue? 

Forgive my impertinence, as you have always forgiven me everything;  and love me just the same, because I

have written only in love of  the  dearest Auntie Sue in the world! 

Signature  [Harold] 

The Glenwood Mission Inn,

Riverside, California,

April 30, 1919.

"And see the rivers, how they run

Through woods and meads, in shade and sun,

Sometimes swift, sometimes slow,

Wave succeeding wave, they go

A various journey to the deep

Like human life to endless sleep!"

John Dyer"Grongar Hill." 

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN.

I remember as well as though it were yesterday the first time I met  Auntie Sue. 

It happened during my first roaming visit to the Ozarks, when I had  wandered by chance, one day, into the

Elbow Rock neighborhood.  Twenty  years it was, at least, before the time of this story.  She  was  standing in

the door of her little schoolhouse, the ruins of  which you  may still see, halfway up the long hill from the log

house by the  river, where the most of this story was lived. 

It was that season of the year when the gold and brown of our Ozark  Hills is overlaid with a filmy veil of

delicate blue haze and the  world is hushed with the solemn sweetness of the passing of the  summer.  And as

the old gentlewoman stood there in the open door of  that rustic temple of learning, with the deepshadowed,

wooded  hillside in the background, and, in front, the rude clearing with  its  crooked rail fence along which the

scarlet sumac flamed, I  thought,as I still think, after all these years,that I had  never  before seen such a

woman. 

Fifty years had gone into the making of that sterling character  which was builded upon a foundation of many

generations of noble  ancestors.  Without home or children of her own, the life strength  of  her splendid


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN. 2



Top




Page No 5


womanhood had been given to the teaching of boys  and  girls.  An oldmaid schoolteacher?  Yes,if you will.

But, as  I saw  her standing there that day,tall and slender, dressed in a  simple  gown that was fitting to her

work,there was a queenly  dignity, a  stately sweetness, in her bearing that made me feel,  somehow, as if I

had come unexpectedly into the presence of  royalty.  Not the royalty  of caste and court and station with their

glittering pretenses of  superiority and their superficial claims to  distinction,I do not  mean that; I mean that

true royalty which  needs no caste or court or  station but makes itself felt because  it IS. 

She did not notice me at first, for the noise of the children at  play in the yard covered the sound of my

approach, and she was  looking far, far away, over the river which lay below at the foot  of  the hill; over the

forestclad mountains in the glory of their  brown  and gold; over the vast sweep of the treecrowned Ozark

ridges that  receded wave after wave into the blue haze until, in  the vastness of  the distant sky, they were lost.

And something  made me know that, in  the moment's respite from her task, the woman  was looking even

beyond  the sky itself. 

Her profile, cleanchiselled, but daintily formed, was beautiful in  its gentle strength.  Her hair was soft and

silvery like the gray  mist of the river in the morning.  Then she turned to greet me, and  I  saw her eyes.  Boy

that I was then, and not given overmuch to  serious  thought, I knew that the high, unwavering purpose, the

loving  sympathy, and tender understanding that shone in the calm  depth of  those eyes could belong only to

one who habitually looks  unafraid  beyond all earthly scenes.  Only those who have learned  thus to look

beyond the material horizon of our little day have  that beautiful  inner light which shone in the eyes of Auntie

Sue  the teacher of a  backwoods school. 

Auntie Sue had come to the Elbow Rock neighborhood the summer  preceding that fall when I first met her.

She had grown too old,  she  said, with her delightful little laugh, to be of much use in  the  larger schools of the

more thickly populated sections of the  country.  But she was still far too young, she stoutly maintained,  to be

altogether useless. 

Tom Warden, who lived just over the ridge from the schoolhouse, and  who was blessed with the largest wife,

the largest family, and the  most pretentious farm in the county, had kinsfolk somewhere in  Illinois.  Through

these relatives of the Ozark farmer Miss Susan  Wakefield had learned of the needs of the Elbow Rock school,

and  so,  finally, had come into the hills.  It was the influential Tom  who  secured for her the modest position.  It

was the motherly Mrs.  Tom who  made her at home in the Warden household.  It was the  Warden boys and

girls who first called her "Auntie Sue."  But it  was Auntie Sue  herself who won so large a place in the hearts

of  the simple mountain  folk of the district that she held her position  year after year, until  she finally gave up

teaching altogether. 

Not one of her Ozark friends ever came to know in detail the  history of this remarkable woman's life.  It was

known in a general  way that she was born in Connecticut; that she had a brother  somewhere in some

SouthAmerican country; that two other brothers  had  been killed in the Civil War; that she had taught in the

lower  and  intermediate grades of public schools in various places all the  years  of her womanhood.  Also, it

was known that she had never  married. 

"And that," said Uncle Lige Potter, voicing the unanimous opinion,  of the countryside, "is a doggone funny

thing and plumb unnatural,  considerin' the kind of woman she is." 

To which Lem Jordan,who was then living with his fourth wife, and  might therefore be held to speak with

a degree of authority,  added:  "Hit sure is a dad burned shame, an' a plumb disgrace to  the men of  this here

country, when you come to look at the sort of  wimmen most of  'em are a marryin' most of the time." 

Another matter of universal and neverfailing interest to the  mountain folk was the unprecedented number of

letters that Auntie  Sue  received and wrote.  That some of these letters written by  their  backwoods teacher


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN. 3



Top




Page No 6


were addressed to men and women of such  prominence  in the world that their names were known even to that

remote Ozark  district was a source of no little pride to Auntie  Sue's immediate  neighbors, and served to mark

her in their eyes  with no small  distinction. 

It was during the fourth year of her life amid the scenes of this  story,as I recall time,that Auntie Sue

invested the small  savings  of her working years in the little log house by the river  and the  eighty acres of land

known as the "Old Bill Wilson place." 

The house was a substantial building of three rooms, a leanto  kitchen, and a porch overlooking the river.

The log barn, with  "Prince," a gentle old horse, and "Bess," a mildmannered, brindle  cow, completed the

modest establishment.  About thirty acres of the  land were cleared and under cultivation of a sort.  The

remaining  acreage was in timber.  The price, under the kindly and expert  supervision of Tom Warden, was

fifteen dollars an acre.  But Auntie  Sue always laughingly insisted that she really paid fifty cents an  acre for

the land and fourteen dollars and a half an acre for the  sunsets. 

The tillable land, except for the garden, she "let out on shares,"  always under the friendly guardianship of

neighbor Tom; while Tom's  boys cared for the little garden in season, and saw to it that the  woodpile was

always ample and ready for the stove.  And, in  addition  to these fixed and regular homely services, there were

many offerings  of helpful hands whenever other needs arose; for, as  time passed,  there came to be in all the

Elbow Rock district scarce  a man, young or  old, who did not now and then honor himself by doing  some little

job  for Auntie Sue; while the women and girls, in the  same neighborly  spirit, brought from their own humble

households  many tokens of their  loving thoughtfulness.  And never did one visit  that little log house  by the

river without the consciousness of  something received from the  silveryhaired old teachera something

intangible, perhaps, which  they could not have expressed in words,  but which, nevertheless,  enriched the

lives of those simple mountain  people with a very real  joy and a very tangible happiness. 

For six years, Auntie Sue continued teaching the Elbow Rock  school;climbing the hill in the morning from

her log house by the  river to the cabin schoolhouse in the clearing on the mountainside  above; returning in

the late afternoon, when her day's work was  over,  down the winding road to her little home, there to watch,

from the  porch that overlooked the river, the sunset in the  evening.  And every  year the daily climb grew a

little harder; the  days of work grew a  little longer; she went down the hill in the  afternoon a little  slower.  And

every year the sunsets were to her  eyes more beautiful;  the evening skies to her understanding glowed  with

richer meaning; the  twilight hours filled her heart with a  deeper peace. 

And so, at last, her teaching days were over; that is, she taught  no more in the log schoolhouse in the clearing

on the mountain  side.  But in her little home beside the river she continued her  work; not  from textbooks,

indeed, but as all such souls must  continue to teach,  until the sun sets for the last time upon their  mortal days. 

Workworn, toilhardened mountaineer mothers, whose narrow world  denied them so many of the finer

thoughts and things, came to  counsel  with this childless woman, and to learn from her a little  of the art  of

contentment and happiness.  Strong men, of rude dress  and speech,  whose lives were as rough as the hills in

which they  were reared, and  whose thoughts were often as crude as their half  savage and sometimes  lawless

customs, came to sit at the feet of  this gentle one, who  received them all with such kindly interest  and

instinctive  understanding.  And young men and girls came, drawn  by the magic that  was hers, to confide in

this woman who listened  with such rare tact  and loving sympathy to their troubles and their  dreams, and who,

in  the deepest things of their young lives, was  mother to them all. 

Nor were the mountain folk her only disciples.  Always there were  the letters she continued to write,

addressed to almost every  corner  of the land.  And every year there would come, for a week or  a month,  at

different times during the summer, men and women from  the great  world of larger affairs who had need of

the strength and  courage and  patience and hope they never failed to find in that  little log house  by the river.


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN. 4



Top




Page No 7


And so, in time, it came to be  known that those letters  written by Auntie Sue went to men and  women who, in

their childhood  school days, had received from her  their first lessons in writing; and  that her visitors, many of

them  distinguished in the world of  railroads and cities, were of that  large circle of busy souls who had  never

ceased to be her pupils. 

Thus it came that the garden was made a little larger, and two  rooms were added to the house, with other

modest improvements, to  accommodate Auntie Sue's grownup boys and girls when they came to  visit her.

But never was there a hired servant, so that her guests  must do their own household tasks, because, Auntie

Sue said, that  was  good for them and mostly what they needed. 

It should also be said here that among her many pupils who lived  beyond the skyline of the far, blue hills,

not one knew more of  the  real secret of Auntie Sue's life and character than did the  Ozark  mountaineers of the

Elbow Rock district, among whom she had  chosen to  pass the evening of her day. 

Then came one who learned the secret.  He learnedbut that is my  story.  I must not tell the secret here. 

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK.

A man stood at a window, looking out into the night.  There was no  light in the room.  The stars were hidden

behind a thick curtain of  sullen clouds. 

The house was a wretchedly constructed, longneglected building of  a type common to those old river towns

that in their many years of  uselessness have lost all civic pride, and in their own resultant  squalor and filth

have buried their selfrespect.  A dingy,  scarcely  legible sign over the treacherous board walk, in front, by  the

sickly  light of a smokegrimed kerosene lantern, announced that  the place was  a hotel. 

Dark as it was, the man at the window could see the river.  The  trees that lined the bank opposite the town

were mere ghostly  shadows  against the gloomy masses of the low hills that rose from  the water's  edge,

indistinct, mysterious, and unreal, into the  threatening sky.  The higher mountains that reared their crests

beyond the hills were  invisible.  The stream itself swept sullenly  through the night,a  resistless flood of

dismal power, as if,  turbid with wrecked souls,  with the lost hopes and ruined dreams  of men, it was fit only

to bear  vessels freighted with sorrow,  misfortune, and despair. 

The manner of the man at the window was as if some woeful spirit of  the melancholy scene were calling him.

With head bowed, and face  turned a little to one side, he listened intently as one listens to  voices that are

muffled and indistinct.  He pressed his face close  to  the glass, and with straining eyes tried to see more clearly

the  ghostly trees, the sombre hills, and the gloomy river.  Three times  he turned from the window to pace to

and fro in the darkened room,  and every time his steps brought him again to the casement, as if  in  obedience

to some insistent voice that summoned him.  The fourth  time,  he turned from the window more quickly, with

a gesture of  assenting  decision. 

The crackling snap of a match broke the dead stillness.  The sudden  flare of light stabbed the darkness.  As he

applied the tiny,  wavering flame to the wick of a lamp that stood on the cheap, old  fashioned bureau, the

man's hand shook until the chimney rattled  against the wire standards of the burner.  Turning quickly from the

lighted lamp, the man sprang again to the window to jerk down the  tattered, old shade.  Facing about, he stood

with his back to the  wall, searching the room with wide, fearful eyes.  His fists were  clenched.  His chest rose

and fell heavily with his labored  breathing.  His face worked with emotion.  With trembling limbs and

twitching muscles, he crouched like some desperate creature at bay. 

But, save for the wretched man himself, there was in that shabby,  dingypapered, dirtycarpeted, poorly


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK. 5



Top




Page No 8


furnished apartment no living  thing. 

Suddenly, the man laughed;and it was the reckless, despairing  laughter of a soul that feels itself slipping

over the brink of an  abyss. 

With hurried step and outstretched hands, he crossed the room to  snatch a bottle of whisky from its place

beside the lamp on the  bureau.  With trembling eagerness, he poured a water tumbler half  full of the red

liquor.  As one dying of thirst, he drank.  Drawing  a  deep breath, and shaking his head with a wry smile, he

spoke in  hoarse  confidence to the image of himself in the dingy mirror:  "They nearly  had me, that time."

Again, he poured, and drank. 

The whisky steadied him for the moment, and with bottle and glass  still in hand, he regarded himself in the

mirror with critical  interest. 

Had he stood erect, with the vigor that should have been his by  right of his years, the man would have

measured just short of six  feet; but his shouldersnaturally well setsagged with the  weariness of

excessive physical indulgence; while the sunken chest,  the emaciated limbs, and the dejected posture of his

misused body  made him in appearance, at least, a wretched weakling.  His  clothingof good material and

well tailoredwas disgustingly  soiled  and neglected;the shoes thickly coated with dried mud, and  the

oncewhite shirt, slovenly unfastened at the throat, without  collar or  tie.  The face which looked back from

the mirror to the  man was,  without question, the countenance of a gentleman; but the  broad  forehead under

the unkempt redbrown hair was furrowed with  anxiety;  the unshaven cheeks were lined and sunken; the

finely  shaped,  sensitive mouth drooped with nervous weakness; and the  blue,  wellplaced eyes were

bloodshot and glittering with the light  of  nearinsanity. 

The poor creature looked at the hideous image of his ruined self as  if fascinated with the horror of that which

had been somehow  wrought.  Slowly, as one in a trance, he went closer, and, without  moving his  gaze from

the mirror, placed the bottle and tumbler upon  the bureau.  As if compelled by those burning eyes that stared

so  fixedly at him,  he leaned forward still closer to the glass.  Then,  as he looked, the  distorted features

twitched and worked grotesquely  with uncontrollable  emotions, while the quivering lips formed words  that

were not even  whispered.  With trembling fingers he felt the  unshaven cheeks and  touched the unkempt hair

questioningly.  Suddenly, as if to shut out  the horror of that which he saw in the  mirror, the man hid his face

in  his hands, and with a sobbing,  inarticulate cry sank to the floor. 

Silently, with pitiless force, the river swept onward through the  night, following its ordained way to the

mighty sea. 

As if summoned again by some dark spirit that brooded over the  sombre, rushing flood, the man rose heavily

to his feet.  His face  turned once more toward the window.  A moment he stood there,  listening, listening; then

wheeling back to the whisky bottle and  the  glass on the bureau, he quickly poured, and drank again. 

Nodding his head in the manner of one reaching a conclusion, he  looked slowly about the room, while a

frightful grin of hopeless,  despairing triumph twisted his features, and his lips moved as if  he  breathed

reckless defiance to an invisible ghostly company. 

Moving, now, with a decision and purpose that suggested a native  strength of character, the man quickly

packed a suitcase with  various articles of clothing from the bureau drawers and the  closet.  He was in the act

of closing the suitcase when he stopped  suddenly,  and, with a shrug of his shoulders, turned away.  Then,  as

if struck  by another thought, he stooped again over his baggage,  and drew forth  a fresh, untouched bottle of

whisky. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK. 6



Top




Page No 9


"I guess you are the only baggage I'll need where I am going," he  said, whimsically; and, leaving the open

suitcase where it lay, he  crossed the room, and extinguished the light.  Cautiously, he  unlocked and opened

the door.  For a moment, he stood listening.  Then, with the bottle hidden under his coat, he stole softly from

the  room. 

A few minutes later, the man stood out there in the night, on the  bank of the river.  Behind him the outlines of

the scattered houses  that made the little town were lost against the dusk of the  hillside.  From the ghostly

treeshadows that marked the opposite  bank, the  solemn hills rose out of the deeper darkness of the  lowlands

that  edged the stream in sombre mystery.  There was no  break in the heavy  clouds to permit the gleam of a

friendly star.  There was no sound save  the soft swish of the water against the  bank where he stood, the

chirping of a bird in the nearby willows,  and the occasional splash  of a leaping fish or water animal.  But  to

the man there was a feeling  of sound.  To the lonely human wreck  standing there in the darkness,  the river

calledcalled with  fearful, insistent power. 

From under the black wall of the night the dreadful flood swept out  of the Somewhere of its beginning.  Past

the man the river poured  its  mighty strength with resistless, smoothly flowing, terrible  force.  Into the

darkness it swept on its awful way to the Nowhere  of its  ending.  For uncounted ages, the river had poured

itself  thus between  those walls of hills.  For untold ages to come, until  the end of time  itself, the stream would

continue to pour its  strength past that spot  where the man stood. 

Out of the night, the voice of the river had called to the man, as  he stood at the window of his darkened room.

And the man had come,  now, to answer the call.  Cautiously, he went down the bank toward  the edge of the

dark, swirling water.  His purpose was unmistakable.  Nor was there any hint of faltering, now, in his manner.

He had  reached his decision.  He knew what he had come to do. 

The man's feet were feeling the mud at the margin of the stream  when his legs touched something, and a low,

rattling sound startled  him.  Then he remembered.  A skiff was moored there, and he had  brushed against the

chain that led from the bow of the boat to the  stump of a willow higher up on the bank.  The man had seen the

skiff,a rude, flatbottomed little craft, known to the Ozark  natives as a Johnboat,just before sunset that

evening.  But  there  had been no boat in his thoughts when he had come to answer  the call  of the river, and in

the preoccupation of his mind, as he  stood there  in the night beside the stream, he had not noticed it,  as it lay

so  nearly invisible in the darkness.  Mechanically, he  stooped to feel  the chain with his free hand.  A moment

later, he  had placed his  bottle of whisky carefully in the boat, and was  loosing the chain  painter from the

willow stump. 

"Why not?" he said to himself.  "It will be easier in midstream,  and more certain." 

Carefully, so that no sound should break the stillness, he stowed  the chain in the bow, and then worked the

skiff around until it  pointed out into the stream.  Then, with his hands grasping the  sides  of the little craft, and

the weight of his body on one knee  in the  stern, he pushed vigorously with his free foot against the  bank and

so  was carried well out from the shore.  As the boat lost  its momentum,  the strong current caught it and

whirled it away down  the river. 

Groping in the darkness, the man found his bottle of whisky, and  working the cork out with his pocketknife,

drank long and deep. 

Already, save for a single light, the town was lost in the night.  As the man watched that red spot on the black

wall, the stream  swung  his drifting boat around a bend, and the light vanished.  The  dreadful  mystery of the

river drew close.  The world of men was  far, very far  away.  Centuries ago, the man had faced himself in  the

mirror, and had  obeyed the voice that summoned him into the  darkness.  In fancy, now,  he saw his empty boat

swept on and on.  Through what varied scenes  would it drift?  To what port would the  mysterious will of the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK. 7



Top




Page No 10


river  carry it?  To what end would it at  last come in its helplessness? 

And the man himself,the human soulcraft,what of him?  As he  had pushed his material boat out into the

stream to drift, unguided  and helpless, so, presently, he would push himself out from the  shore  of all that men

call life.  Through what scenes would he  drift?  To  what port would the will of an awful invisible stream  carry

him?  To  what end would he finally come, in his helplessness? 

Again the man drankand again. 

And then, with face upturned to the leaden clouds, he laughed  aloudlaughed until the ghostly shores gave

back his laughter, and  the voices of the night were hushed and still. 

The laughter ended with a wild, reckless, defiant yell. 

Springing to his feet in the drifting boat, the man shook his  clenched fist at the darkness, and with insane fury

cursed the life  he had left behind. 

The current whirled the boat around, and the man faced down the  stream.  He laughed again; and, lifting his

bottle high, uttered a  reckless, profane toast to the unknown toward which he was being  carried by the river in

the night. 

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER.

Auntie Sue's little log house by the river was placed some five  hundred yards back from the stream, on a

bench of land at the foot  of  Schoolhouse Hill.  From this bench, the ground slopes gently to  the  riverbank,

which, at this point, is sheer and high enough to  be well  above the water at flood periods.  The road, winding

down  the hill,  turns to the right at the foot of the steep grade, and  leads away up  the river; and between the

road and the river, on the  upstream side  of the house, was the garden. 

At the lower corner of the garden, farthest from the house, the  strong current had cut a deep inward curve in

the high shoreline,  forming thus an eddy, which was margined on one side, at a normal  stage of water, by a

narrow shelf of land between the water's edge  and the foot of the main bank.  A flight of rude steps led down

from  the garden above to this natural landing, which, for three  miles up  and down the river, was the only

point, on Auntie Sue's  side of the  stream, where one could go ashore from a skiff. 

From the porch of the house, one, facing up the river, looked over  the gently sloping garden, over the eddy

lying under the high bank,  and away over a beautiful reach of water known as The Bend,a  wide,  sweeping

curve which, a mile distant, is lost behind a wooded  bluff  where, at times, during the vacation or hunting

season, one  might see  the smoke from the stone chimney of a clubhouse which was  built and  used by people

who lived in the big, noisy city many  miles from the  peaceful Ozark scene.  From the shore of The Bend,

opposite and above  Auntie Sue's place, beyond the willows that  fringe the water's edge,  the low bottomlands

extend back three  quarters of a mile to the foot  of a heavily timbered ridge, beyond  which rise the higher

hills.  But  directly across from Auntie Sue's  house, this ridge curves sharply  toward the stream; while less than

a quarter of a mile below, a mighty  mountainarm is thrust out from  a shoulder of Schoolhouse Hill, as if  to

bar the river's way.  The  high bluff thus formed is known to the  natives throughout all that  region as Elbow

Rock. 

The quiet waters of The Bend move so gently on their broad course  that from the porch, looking up the

stream, the eye could scarcely  mark the current.  But in front of the little log house, where the  restraining

banks of the river draw closer together, the lazy  current  awakens to quickening movement.  Looking down the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER. 8



Top




Page No 11


stream,  one could  see the waters leaving the broad and quiet reaches of The  Bend above  and rushing away

with fast increasing speed between the  narrowing  banks until, in all their vicious might, they dashed full

against the  Elbow Rock cliff, where, boiling and tossing in mad  fury, they roared  away at a right angle and so

around the point and  on to another quiet  stretch below.  And many were the tales of  stirring adventure and

tragic accident at this dangerous point of  the river's journey to the  faraway sea.  Skilled rivermen, by  holding

their Johnboats and  canoes close to the far shore, might  run the rapids with safety.  But  no boat, once caught

in the  vicious grip of the main current between  the comparatively still  waters of The Bend and that wild,

roaring  tumult at Elbow Rock, had  ever survived. 

It was nearing the close of a late summer day, and Auntie Sue, as  was her custom, stood on the porch

watching the sunset.  In the  vast  field of sky that arched above the softly rounded hills there  was not  a cloud.

No wind stirred the leaves of the farreaching  forests, or  marred the bright waters of the quiet Bend that

mirrored back the  green, treefringed banks and blueshadowed  mountains.  Faintly,  through the hush, from

beyond the bottomlands  on the other side of  the stream, came the longdrawn "Whoee!  Whoee!" of

farmer  Jackson calling his hogs.  From the hillside,  back of the house,  sounded the deep, mellow tones of a

cowbell,  telling Auntie Sue that  neighbor Tom's cattle were going home from  their woodland pastures.  A

company of crows crossed the river on  leisure wing, toward some  evening rendezvous.  A waterfowl flapped

slowly up the stream.  And  here and there the swallows wheeled in  graceful circles above the  gleaming Bend,

or dipped, flashlike, to  break the silvery surface.  As  the blue of the mountains deepened  to purple, and the

rosy light from  below the western hills flushed  the sky, the silver sheen of the quiet  water changed with the

changing tints above, and the shadows of the  trees along the bank  deepened until the shoreline was lost in

the  dusk of the coming  night. 

And even as the river gave back the light of the sky and the color  of the mountains, so the gentle face of the

grayhaired woman, who  watched with such loving reverence, reflected the beauty of the  scene.  The peace

and quiet of the evening of her life was as the  still loveliness of that twilight hour. 

And, yet, there was a suggestion of pathos in the loneliness of the  slender figure standing there.  Now and

again, she clasped her  delicate hands to her breast as if moved by emotions of a too  poignant sweetness,

while in her eyes shone the soft light of  fondest  memories and dearest dreams.  Several times she turned her

head to  look about, as if wishing for some one to share with her  the beauty  that moved her so.  At last, she

called; and her voice,  low and  puretoned, had in it the quality that was in the light of  her eyes. 

"Judy! Judy, dear!  Do come and see this wonderful, wonderful sky!" 

From within the house, a shrill, querulous, drawling voice, so  characteristic of the Southern "poorwhite"

mountaineer, answered:  "Whaat?" 

A quick little smile deepened the crows'feet at the corners of  Auntie Sue's eyes, as she called again with

gentle patience:  "Do  come and see the sunset, Judy, dear!  It is so beautiful!"  And,  this  time, in answer, Judy

appeared in the doorway. 

From appearances, the poor creature's age might have been anywhere  from fifteen to thirtyfive; for the

twisted and misshapen body,  angular and hard; the scrawny, wry neck; the oldyoung face, thin  and  sallow,

with furtive, beadyblack eyes, gave no hint of her  years.  As  a matter of fact, I happened to know that Judith

Taylor,  daughter of  the notorious Ozark moonshiner, Jap Taylor, was just  past twenty the  year she went to

live with Auntie Sue. 

Looking obliquely at the old gentlewoman, with a curious expression  of mingled defiance, suspicion, and

affection on her almost vicious  face, Judy drawled, "Was youall ayellin' for me?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER. 9



Top




Page No 12


"Yes, Judy; I want you to help me watch the sunset," Auntie Sue  answered, with bright animation; and,

turning, she pointed toward  the  glowing west,"Look!" 

Judy's sly, evasive eyes did not cease to regard the illumined face  of her old companion as she returned, in

her dry, highpitched  monotone:  "I don't reckon as how youall are aneedin' much help,  seein' as how you

are allus awatchin' hit.  A body'd think youall  was mighty nigh old 'nough, by now, ter look at hit alone." 

Auntie Sue laughed, a low, musical, chuckling laugh, and, with a  hint of loving impatience in her gentle

voice, replied to Judy's  observation:  "But, don't you understand, child?  It adds so to  one's  happiness to share

lovely scenes like this.  It makes it all  so  muchso muchwell,BIGGER, to have some one enjoy it with

you.  Come, dear!"  And she held out her hand with a gesture of  entreaty,  and a look of yearning upon her dear

old face that no  human being  could have withstood. 

Judy, still slyly watchful, went cautiously nearer; and Auntie Sue,  putting an arm lovingly about the crooked

shoulders of the mountain  girl, pointed again toward the west as she said, in a low voice  that  vibrated with

emotion, "Look, Judy!  Look!" 

The black eyes shifted, and the oldyoung, expressionless face  turned toward the landscape, which lay before

them in all its  wondrous beauty of glowing sky and tinted mountain and gleaming  river.  And there might

have been a faint touch of softness, now,  in  the querulous monotone as Judy said:  "I can't see as how hit

could be  ary bigger.  Hain't ary reason, as I kin see, why hit  should be ary  bigger if hit could.  Lord knows

there's 'nough of  hit as 't is; rough  'nough, too, as youall 'd sure know if youall  had ter trapse over  them

there hills all yer life like I've had  ter." 

"But, isn't it wonderful tonight, Judy?  It seems to me I have  never seen it so perfect." 

"Hit's just like hit's allus been, so far as I kin see, 'ceptin'  that the river's higher in the spring an' more

muddier," returned  the  mountain girl.  "I was borned over there on yon side that there  flattopped mountain,

nigh the mouth of Red Creek.  I growed up on  the river, mostly;learned ter swim an' paddle er Johnboat

'fore  I  kin remember.  Red Creek, hit heads over there behind that there  long  ridge, in Injin Holler.  There's a

still" 

She checked herself suddenly, and shot a fearful sidewise look at  Auntie Sue; then turned and pointed in the

opposite direction with  a  pretense of excited interest.  "Look down there, ma'm!  See how  black  the old river is

where she smashes inter Elbow Rock, an' how  white  them waves be where the water biles an' throws hitself.

Hit'd sure git  you if you was ter git ketched in there with er  Johnboat, wouldn't  hit?  Listen, ma'm!  You kin

hear hit aroarin'  like hit was mad,  can't you?" 

But the older woman turned to face, again, the quiet reaches of The  Bend. 

"I think I like The Bend best, though, Judy.  See how perfectly  those trees and hills are mirrored in the river;

and how the water  holds the color of the sky.  Don't you think God is good to make  the  world so beautiful for

us, child?" 

"'Beautiful'!" cried poor, deformed Judy, in a voice that shrilled  in vicious protest.  "If there is a God, like

youall are allus a  talkin' 'bout, an' if He sure 'nough made them things, like youall  sees 'em, He sure hain't

toted fair with me." 

"Hush, Judy!" pleaded Auntie Sue.  "Please don't, child!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER. 10



Top




Page No 13


But the mountain girl rebelliously continued:  "Look at me!  Just  look at me!  If that there God of your'n is so

allfired good, what  did He go an' let my pap git drunk for, an' beat me like he done  when  I was a baby, an'

make me grow up all crooked like what I be?  'Good'?  Hell!  A dad burned ornery kind of a God I call Him!" 

For some time, Auntie Sue did not speak, but stood with her face  upturned to the sky.  Then the low, gentle

voice again broke the  silence:  "See, Judy, dear; the light is almost gone now, and there  is not a cloud

anywhere.  Yesterday evening, you remember, we could  not see the sunset at all, the clouds were so heavy

and solid.  The  moon will be lovely tonight.  I think I shall wait for it." 

"Youall best set down then," said Judy, speaking again in her  querulous, drawling monotone.  "I'll fetch a

chair."  She brought a  comfortable rustic rockingchair from the farther end of the porch;  then disappeared

into the house, to return a moment later with a  heavy shawl.  "Hit'll be aturnin' cold directly, now the sun's

plumb  down," she said, "an' youall mustn't get to chillin',  nohow." 

Auntie Sue thanked her with gentle courtesy, and, reaching up,  caught the girl's hand as Judy was awkwardly

arranging the wrap  about  the thin old shoulders.  "Won't you bring a chair for  yourself, and  sit with me

awhile, dear?"  As she spoke, Auntie Sue  patted the hard,  bony hand caressingly. 

But Judy pulled her hand away roughly, saying:  "Youall ain't got  no call ter do sich as that ter me.  I'll set

awhile with you but I  ain't aneedin' no chair."  And with that, she seated herself on  the  floor, her back against

the wall of the house. 

The last of the evening was gone from the sky, now.  The soft  darkness of a clear, starlight night lay over the

land.  A gentle  breeze stole over the mountains, rustled softly through the forest,  and, drifting across the river,

touched Auntie Sue's silvery hair. 

Judy was first to break the silence:  "I took notice neighbor Tom  brung youall a right smart bunch of letter

mail this evenin'," she  said, curiously. 

There was a troubled note in Auntie Sue's gentle voice as she  returned, "The letter from the bank did not

come, Judy." 

"Hit didn't?" 

"No; and, Judy, it is nearly four weeks, now, since I sent them  that money.  I can't understand it." 

"I was plumb scared at the time, you oughten ter sent hit just in  er letter that away.  Hit sure looked like a

heap of money ter be  atrustin' them there ornery postoffice fellers with, even if hit  was funny,

newfangled money like that there was.  Why, ma'm, you  take old Tod Stimson, down at the Ferry, now, an'

that old devil'd  steal anythin' what warn't too much trouble for him ter lift." 

"Argentine notes the money was, Judy.  I felt sure that it would be  all right because, you know, Brother John

sent it just in a letter  all the way from Buenos Aires.  And, you remember, I folded it up  in  extra heavy paper,

and put it in two envelopes, one over the  other,  and mailed it at Thompsonville with my own hands." 

"Hit sure looks like hit ought ter be safe er nough, so long as hit  warn't mailed at the Ferry where old Stimson

could git his hands on  hit," agreed Judy. 

Then, after a silence of several minutes, she added, in a more  reassuring voice:  "I reckon as how hit'll be all

right, ma'm.  I  wouldn't worry myself, if I was you.  That there bankplace, like  as  not, gits er right smart lot of

letters, an' hit stands ter  reason the  feller just naturally can't write back ter ev'rybody at  once." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER. 11



Top




Page No 14


"Of course," agreed Auntie Sue.  "It is just some delay in their  acknowledgment, that is all.  Perhaps they are

waiting to find out  if  the notes are genuine; or it may be that their letter to me went  astray, and will have to be

returned to them, and then remailed all  over again.  I feel sure I shall hear from them in a few days." 

So they talked until the moon appeared from behind the dark  mountains that, against her light, were

silhouetted on the sky.  And,  as the old gentlewoman watched the queen of the night rising  higher  and higher

on her royal course, and saw the dusky landscape  transformed to a fairyscene of ethereal loveliness, Auntie

Sue  forgot the letter that had not come. 

With the enthusiasm that never failed her, the silveryhaired  teacher tried to give the backwoods girl a little

of her wealth of  vision.  But though they looked at the same landscape, the eyes of  twenty could not see that

which was so clear to the eyes of  seventy.  Poor Judy!  The river, sweeping on its winding way  through the

hills,  from the springs of its faraway beginnings to  the ocean of its final  endeavor,in all its varied moods

and  changes,in all its beauty and  its irresistible power,the river  could never mean to Judy what it  meant

to Auntie Sue. 

"Hit sure is er fine night for to go 'possum huntin'," said the  girl, at last, getting to her feet and standing in her

twisted  attitude, with her wry neck holding her head to one side.  "Them  there Jackson boys'll sure be out." 

Auntie Sue laughed her low chuckling laugh. 

From the edge of the timber that borders the fields of the bottom  lands across the river, came the baying of

hounds.  "There they be  now," said Judy.  "Hear 'em?  The Billingses, 'cross from the  clubhouse, 'll be out, too,

I reckon.  When hit's moonlight,  they're  allus ahuntin' 'possum an' 'coon.  When hit's dark,  they're out on  the

river agiggin' for fish.  Well, I reckon I'll  be agoin' in, now,  ma'm," she concluded, with a yawn.  "Ain't no

use in a body stayin' up  when there ain't nothin' ter do but ter  sleep, as I kin see." 

With an awkward return to Auntie Sue's "Goodnight and sweet dreams,  dear," the mountain girl went into the

house. 

For an hour longer, the old gentlewoman sat on the porch of her  little log house by the river, looking out over

the moonlit scene.  Nor did she now, as when she had watched the sunset, crave human  companionship.  In

spirit, she was far from all earthly needs or  cares,where no troubled thoughts could disturb her serene

peace  and  her dearest dreams were real. 

The missing letter was forgotten. 

CHAPTER IV. THE WILL OF THE RIVER.

Had Auntie Sue remained a few minutes longer on the porch, that  evening, she might have seen an object

drifting down the river, in  the gentle current of The Bend. 

Swinging easily around the curve above the clubhouse, it would not  have been visible at first, because of the

deep shadows of the  reflected trees and mountains.  But, presently, as it drifted on  into  the broader waters of

The Bend, it emerged from the shadows  into the  open moonlit space, and then, to any one watching from the

porch, the  dark object, drawing nearer and nearer in the bright  moonlight, would  have soon shaped itself into

a boatan empty  boat, the watcher would  have said, that had broken from its  moorings somewhere up the

river;and the watcher would have heard,  through the still, night  air, the dull, heavy roar of the mad  waters

at Elbow Rock. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IV. THE WILL OF THE RIVER. 12



Top




Page No 15


Drifting thus, helpless in the grip of the main current, the little  craft apparently was doomed to certain

destruction.  Gently, it  would  float on the easy surface of the quiet, moonlit Bend.  In  front of the  house, it

would move faster and faster.  Where the  river narrows, it  would be caught as if by mighty hands hidden

beneath the rushing  flood, and dragged onward still faster and  faster.  About it, the  racing waters would leap

and boil in their  furious, headlong career,  shaking and tossing the helpless victim  of their might with a

vicious  strength from which there would be no  escape, until, in the climax of  the river's madness, the object

of  its angry sport would be dashed  against the cliff, and torn, and  crushed, and hammered by the terrific

weight of the rushing flood  against that rocky anvil, into a battered  and shapeless wreck. 

The drifting boat drew nearer and nearer.  It reached the point  where the curve of the opposite bank draws in

to form the narrow  raceway of the rapids.  It began to feel the stronger pull of those  hidden hands that had

carried it so easily down The Bend.  And  thenand thenthe unguided, helpless craft responded to the

gentle  pressure of some swirl or crosscurrent in the main flow of  the stream,  and swung a little to one side.  A

few feet farther,  and the new  impulse became stronger.  Yielding easily to the  current that drew it  so gently

across the invisible dividingline  between safety and  destruction, the boat swung in toward the shore.  A

minute more, and it  had drifted into that encircling curve of the  bank where the current  of the eddy carried it

around and around. 

The boat seemed undecided.  Would it hold to the harbor of safety  into which it had been drawn by the

friendly current?  Would it  swing  out, again, into the main stream, and so to its own  destruction? 

Three times the bow, pointing out from the eddy, crossed the  dangerline, and, for a moment, hung on the

very edge.  Three  times,  the invisible hands which held it drew it gently back to  safety.  And  so, finally, the

little craft, so helpless, so alone,  amid the many  currents of the great river, came to rest against the  narrow

shelf of  land at the foot of the bank below Auntie Sue's  garden. 

The light in the window of Auntie Sue's room went out.  The soft  moonlight flooded mountain and valley and

stream.  The mad waters  at  Elbow Rock roared in their wild fury.  Always, always,  irresistibly,  inevitably,

unceasingly,the river poured its  strength toward the  sea. 

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN.

Before the sun was high enough to look over Schoolhouse Hill, the  next morning, Judy went into the garden

to dig some potatoes. 

Tom Warden's boys would come, some day before long, and dig them  all, and put them away in the cellar for

the winter.  But there was  no need to hurry the gathering of the full crop, so the boys would  come when it was

most convenient; and, in the meantime, Judy would  continue to dig from day to day all that were needed for

the  kitchen  in the little log house by the river.  In spite of her poor  crooked  body, the mountain girl was strong

and well used to hard  work, so the  light task was, for her, no hardship at all. 

As one will when first coming out of doors in the morning, Judy  paused a moment to look about.  The sky, so

clear and bright the  evening before, was now a luminous gray.  The mountains were lost  in  a ghostly world of

fog, through which the river moved in  stealthy  silence,a dull thing of mystery, with only here and  there a

touch of  silvery light upon its clouded surface.  The  cottonwoods and willows,  on the opposite shore, were

mere dreams of  trees,gray, formless, and  weird.  The air was filled with the  dank earthsmell.  The heavy

thundering roar of the neverending  war of the waters at Elbow Rock  came louder and more menacing, but

strangely unreal, as if the mist  itself were filled with  threatening sound. 

But to Judy, the morning was only the beginning of another day;  she looked, but did not see.  To her, the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 13



Top




Page No 16


many everchanging moods  of  Nature were without meaning.  With her basket in hand, she went  down  to the

lower end of the garden, where she had dug potatoes the  time  before, and where she had left the fork sticking

upright in  the  ground. 

A few minutes served to fill the basket; but, before starting back  to the house, the mountain girl paused again

to look out over the  river.  Perhaps it was some vague memory of Auntie Sue's talk, the  night before, that

prompted her; perhaps it was some instinct,  indefinite and obscure;whatever it was that influenced her,

Judy  left her basket, and went to the brink of the high bank above the  eddy for a closer view of the water. 

The next instant, with the quick movement of an untamed creature of  her native mountain forests, the girl

sprang back, and crouched  close  to the ground to hide from something she had seen at the foot  of the  bank.

Every movement of her twisted body expressed amazement  and  fear.  Her eyes were wild and excited.  She

looked carefully  about, as  if for dangers that might be hidden in the fog.  Once, she  opened her  mouth as if to

call.  Halfrising, she started as if to  run to the  house.  But, presently, curiosity apparently overruled  her fear,

and,  throwing herself flat on the ground she wormed her  way back to the  brink of the riverbank.  Cautiously,

without making  a sound, she  peered through the tall grass and weeds that fringed  the rim above the  eddy. 

The boat, which some kindly impulse of the river had drawn so  gently aside from the stronger current that

would have carried it  down the rapids to the certain destruction waiting at Elbow Rock,  still rested with its

bow grounded on the shore, against which the  eddying water had pushed it.  But the thing that had so startled

Judy  was a man who was lying, apparently unconscious, on the wet  and muddy  bottomboards of the little

craft. 

Breathlessly, the girl, looking down from the top of the bank,  watched for some movement; but the dirty

huddled heap of wretched  humanity was so still that she could not guess whether it was  living  or dead.

Fearfully, she noted that there were no oars in  the boat,  nor gun, nor fishingtackle of any sort.  The man's hat

was missing.  His clothing was muddy and disarranged.  His position  was such that  she could not see the face. 

Drawing back, Judy looked cautiously about; then, picking up a  heavy clod of dirt from the ploughed edge of

the garden, and  crouching again at the brink of the bank, ready for instant flight,  she threw the clod into the

water near the boat.  The still form in  the boat made no movement following the splash.  Selecting a  smaller

clod, the girl threw the bit of dirt into the stern of the  boat  itself, where it broke in fragments.  And, at this, the

figure  moved  slightly. 

"Hit's alive, all right," commented Judy to herself, with a grin of  satisfaction, at the result of her investigation.

"But hit's sure  time he was agittin' up." 

Carefully selecting a still smaller bit of dirt, she deliberately  tossed it at the figure itself.  Her aim was true,

and the clod  struck the man on the shoulder, with the result that he stirred  uneasily, and, muttering something

which Judy could not hear, half  turned on his back so that the girl saw the haggard, unshaven face.  She saw,

too, that, in one hand, the man clutched an empty whisky  bottle. 

At sight of the bottle, the mountain girl rose to her feet with an  understanding laugh.  "Hell!" she said aloud;

"drunk,that's all  dead drunk.  I'll sure fetch him out of hit."  And then, grinning  with malicious delight,

she proceeded to pelt the man in the boat  with clods of dirt until he scrambled to a sitting posture, and  looked

up in bewildered confusion. 

"If you please," he said, in a hoarse voice, to the sallow, old  young face that grinned down at him from the

top of the bank,  "which  one of the Devil's imps are you?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 14



Top




Page No 17


As she looked into that upturned face, Judy's grin vanished.  "I  sure 'lowed as how youall was dead," she

explained. 

"Well," returned the man in the boat, wearily, "I can assure you  that it's not in the least my fault if I

disappoint you.  I feel as  bad about it as you do.  However, I don't think I am so much alive  that it makes any

material difference."  He lifted the whisky  bottle,  and studied it thoughtfully. 

"Youall come dad burned near not bein' ary bit alive," returned  the girl. 

"Yes?" said the man, inquiringly. 

"Yep; you sure did come mighty nigh hit.  If your old Johnboat had  acarried youall on down ter Elbow

Rock, 'stead of bein' ketched  in  the eddy here, youall would sure 'nough been atalkin' to the  Devil  by now." 

The man, looking out over the river into the fog, muttered to  himself, "I can't even make a success of dying, it

seems." 

Again, he regarded the empty bottle in his hand with studied  interest.  Then, tossing the bottle into the river,

he looked up,  once more, to the girl on the bank above. 

"Listen, sister!" he said, nervously.  "Is there any place around  here where I can buy a drink?  I need something

rather badly.  Where  am I, anyway?" 

"Youall are at Auntie Sue's place," said Judy; "an' there sure  ain't no chance for youall ter git ary licker

here.  Where'd you  all come from, anyhow?  How'd youall git here 'thout no oars ner  paddle ner nothin'?

Where was youall aimin' ter go?" 

"Your questions, my good girl, are immaterial and irrelevant,"  returned the man in the boat.  "The

allimportant matter before us  for consideration is,how can I get a drink?  I MUST have a drink,  I  tell

you!"  He held up his hands, and they were shaking as if  with  palsy.  "And I must have it damned quick!" 

"Youall sure do talk some powerful big words," said Judy, with  critical interest.  "Youall sure must be

some eddecated.  Auntie  Sue, now, she talks" 

The man interrupted her:  "Who is 'Auntie Sue'?" 

"I don't know," Judy returned; "she's just Auntie Suethat's all I  know.  She sure is" 

Again the man interrupted:  "I think it would be well for me to  interview this worthy aunt of yours."  And then,

while he raised  himself, unsteadily, to his feet, he continued, in a muttering  undertone:  "You don't seem to

appreciate the situation.  If I  don't  get some sort of liquor soon, things are bound to happen." 

He attempted to step from the boat to the shore; but the  instability  of the light, flatbottomed skiff, together

with his own  unsteady  weakness, combined to land him half in the water and half on  the  muddy bank where

he struggled helplessly, and, in his weakened  condition, would have slipped wholly into the river had not

Judy  rushed down the rude steps to his assistance. 

With a strength surprising in one of her apparent weakness, the  mountain girl caught the stranger under his

shoulders and literally  dragged him from the water.  When she had further helped him to his  feet, Judy

surveyed the wretched object of her beneficence with  amused and curious interest. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 15



Top




Page No 18


The man, with his unkempt hair, unshaven, haggard face, bloodshot  eyes, and slovenly dishevelled dress, had

appeared repulsive enough  while in the boat; but, now, as he stood dripping with water and  covered with

mud, there was a touch of the ridiculous in his  appearance that brought a grin to the unlovely face of his

rescuer,  and caused her to exclaim with unnecessary frankness:  "I'll be dad  burned if youall ain't a thing ter

look at, mister!" 

As the poor creature, who was shaking as if with the ague, regarded  the twisted form, the wry neck, and the

sallow, oldyoung face of  the  girl, who was laughing at him, a gleam of sardonic humor  flashed in  his

bloodshot eyes.  "Thanks," he said, huskily; "you  are something of  a vision yourself, aren't you?" 

The laughter went from Judy's face as she caught the meaning of the  cruel words.  "I ain't never laid no claim

ter bein' a beauty," she  retorted in her shrill, drawling monotone.  "But, I kin tell you  all  one thing, mister:

Hit was GodA'mighty Hisself an' my drunken  pap  what made me ter look like I do.  While you,damn

you!you  all just  naturally made yourself what you be." 

At the mountain girl's illiterate words, so pregnant with meaning,  a remarkable change came over the face

and manner of the man.  His  voice, even, for the moment, lost its huskiness, and vibrated with  sincere feeling

as he steadied himself; and, bowing with courteous  deference, said:  "I beg your pardon, miss.  That was

unkind.  You  really should have left me to the river." 

"Youall would adrownded, sure, if I had," she retorted, somewhat  mollified by the effect of her

observation. 

"Which," he returned, "would have been so beautifully right and  fitting that it evidently could not be."  And

with this cynical  remark, his momentary bearing of selfrespect was gone. 

"Are youall ameanin' ter say that youall was awantin' ter  drown?" 

"Something like that," he returned.  And then, with a hint of  ugliness in his voice and eyes, he rasped:  "But,

look here, girl!  do  you think I'm going to stand like this all day indulging in idle  conversation with you?

Where is this aunt of yours?  Can't you see  that I've got to have a drink?" 

He started uncertainly toward the steps that led to the top of the  bank, and Judy, holding him by his arm,

helped him to climb the  steep  way.  A part of the ascent he made on hands and knees.  Several times  he would

have fallen except for the girl's support.  But, at last, they  gained the top, and stood in the garden. 

"That there is the house," said Judy, pointing.  "But I don't  reckon as how youall kin git ary licker there." 

The wretched man made no reply; but, with Judy still supporting  him, stumbled forward across the rows of

vegetables. 

The two had nearly reached the steps at the end of the porch when  Auntie Sue came from the house to see

why Judy did not return with  the potatoes.  The dear old lady paused a moment, startled at the  presence of the

unprepossessing stranger in her garden.  Then, with  an exclamation of pity, she hurried to meet them. 

The man, whose gaze as he shambled along was fixed on the ground,  did not notice Auntie Sue until, feeling

Judy stop, he also paused,  and raising his head looked full at the beautiful old lady. 

"Why, Judy!" cried Auntie Sue, her low, sweet voice filled with  gentle concern.  "What in the world has

happened?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 16



Top




Page No 19


With an expression of questioning bewilderment and rebuke on his  haggard face, the man also turned to the

mountain girl beside him. 

"I found him in er Johnboat what done come ashore last night, down  there in the eddy," Judy explained to

Auntie Sue.  To the man, she  said:  "This here is Auntie Sue, mister; but, I don't reckon as how  she's got ary

licker for you." 

"'Liquor'?" questioned Auntie Sue.  "What in the world do you mean,  child?"  Then quickly to the

stranger;"My dear man, you are  wringing wet.  You must have been in the river.  Come, come right  in,  and

let us do something for you."  As she spoke, she went  toward him  with outstretched hands. 

But the wretched creature shrank back from her, as if in fear;his  whole body shaking with emotion; his

fluttering hands raised in a  gesture of imploring protest;while the eyes that looked up at the  saintly

countenance of the old gentlewoman were the eyes of a soul  sunken in the deepest hell of shame and

humiliation. 

Shocked with pitying horror, Auntie Sue paused. 

The man's haggard, unshaven face twitched and worked with the pain  of his suffering.  He bit his lips and

fingered his quivering chin  in  a vain effort at selfcontrol; and then, as he looked up at her,  the  sunken,

bloodshot eyes filled with tears that the tormented  spirit had  no power to check. 

And Auntie Sue turned her face away. 

For a little, they stood so.  Then, as Auntie Sue faced him again,  the stranger, with a supreme effort of his will,

gained a momentary  control of his shattered nerves.  Drawing himself erect and  standing  steady and tall

before her, he raised a hand to his  uncovered head as  if to remove his hat.  When his hand found no hat  to

remove, he smiled  as if at some jest at his own expense. 

"I am so sorry, madam," he said,and his voice was musically clear  and cultured.  "Please pardon me for

disturbing you?  I did not  know.  This young woman should have explained.  You see, when she  spoke of

'Auntie Sue,' I assumed, of course,I mean,I expected  to find a  native woman who would"  He paused,

smiling again, as  if to assure  her that he fully appreciated the humor of his  ridiculous predicament. 

"But, my dear sir," cried Auntie Sue, eagerly, "there is nothing to  pardon.  Please do come into the house and

let us help you." 

But the stranger drew back, shaking his head sadly.  "You do not  understand, madam.  It is not that my clothes

are unpresentable,  it  is I, myself, who am unfit to stand in your presence, much less  to  enter your house.  I

thank you, but I must go." 

He was turning away, when Auntie Sue reached his side and placed  her gentle old hand lightly on his arm. 

"Please, won't you come in, sir?  I shall never forgive myself if I  let you go like this." 

The man's voice was hoarse and shaking, now, as he answered:  "For  God's sake, madam, don't touch me!  Let

me go!  You must!  IIam  not myself!  You might not be safe with me!  Ask hershe knows!"  He  turned

to Judy. 

"He's done said hit, ma'm," said Judy, in answer to Auntie Sue's  questioning look.  "My pap, he was that way

when he done smashed me  up agin the wall, when I was nothin' but a baby, an' hit made me  grow  up all


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN. 17



Top




Page No 20


crooked an' ugly like what I be now." 

With one shamed glance at Auntie Sue, the wretched fellow looked  down at the ground.  His head drooped

forward.  His shoulders  sagged.  His whole body seemed to shrink.  Turning sadly away, he  again  started back

toward the river. 

"Stop!"  Auntie Sue's voice rang out imperiously. 

The man halted. 

"Look at me," she commanded. 

Slowly, he raised his eyes.  The gentle old teacher spoke with fine  spirit, now, but kindly still:  "This is sheer

nonsense, my boy.  You  wouldn't hurt me.  Why, you couldn't!  Of course, you are not  yourself; but, do you

think that I do not know a gentleman when I  meet one?  Come"  She held out her hand. 

A moment he stood, gazing at her in wondering awe.  Then his far  overtaxed strength failed;his abused

nerves refused to bear  more,and he sank,a pitiful, cowering heap at her feet.  Hiding  his face in his

shaking hands, he sobbed like a child. 

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER.

Those two women managed, somehow, to get the almost helpless  stranger into the house, where Auntie Sue,

after providing him with  nightclothes, left by one of her guests, by tactful entreaty and  judicial commands,

persuaded him to go to bed. 

Then followed several days and nights of weary watching.  There  were times when the man lay with closed

eyes, so weak and exhausted  that he seemed to be drifting out from these earthly shores on the  deep waters of

that wide and unknown sea into which all the streams  of life finally flow.  But, always, Auntie Sue

miraculously held  him  back.  There were other times when, by all the rules of the  game, he  should have worn

a straitjacket;when his delirium  filled the room  with all manner of horrid creatures from the pit;  when

leering devils  and loathsome serpents and gibbering apes  tormented him until his  unnatural strength was the

strength of a  fiend, and his tortured  nerves shrieked in agony.  But Auntie Sue  perversely ignored the rules  of

the game.  And never did the man,  even in his most terrible  moments, fail to recognize in the midst  of the

hellish crew of his  diseased imagination the silveryhaired  old teacher as the angel of  his salvation.  Her

gentle voice had  always power to soothe and calm  him.  He obeyed her implicitly,  and, like a frightened child,

holding  fast to her hand would beg  piteously for her to protect and save him. 

But no word of the man's lowmuttered, broken sentences, nor of his  wildest ravings, ever gave Auntie Sue a

clue to his identity.  She  searched his clothes, but there was not a thing to give her even  his  name. 

And, yet, that first day, when Judy would have gone to neighbor  Tom's for help, Auntie Sue said "No."  She

even positively forbade  the girl to mention the stranger's presence in the house, should  she  chance to talk with

passing neighbors.  "The river brought him  to us,  Judy, dear," she said.  "We must save him.  No one shall

know his  shame, to humiliate and wound his pride and drag him down  after he is  himself again.  Until he has

recovered and is once more  the man I  believe him to be, no one must see him or know that he is  here; and no

one must ever know how he came to us." 

And late, one evening, when Judy was fast asleep, and the man was  lying very still after a period of feverish

tossing and muttering,  the dear old gentlewoman crept quietly out of the house into the  night.  She was gone


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER. 18



Top




Page No 21


some time, and when she returned again to the  stranger's bedside she was breathless and trembling as from

some  unusual exertion.  And the following afternoon, when Judy came to  her  with the announcement that the

boat which had brought the man  to them  was no longer in the eddy below the garden, Auntie Sue  said,

simply,  that she was glad it was gone, and cautioned the  girl, again, that the  stranger's presence in the house

must not be  made known to any one. 

When the mountain girl protested, saying, "Youall ain't got no  call ter be awearin' yourself ter the bone

atakin' care of such  as  him," Auntie Sue answered, "Hush, Judy!  How do you know what  the poor  boy really

is?" 

To which Judy retorted:  "He's just triflin' an' ornery an' no  'count, that's what he is, or he sure wouldn't been

afloatin'  'round  in that there old Johnboat 'thout ary gun, or fishin'  lines, or hat  even, ter say nothin' of that

there whisky bottle  bein' plumb empty." 

Auntie Sue made no reply to the mountain girl's harsh summingup of  the damning evidence against the

stranger, but left her and went  softly to the bedside of their guest. 

It was perhaps an hour later that Judy, quietly entering the room,  happened upon a scene that caused her to

stand as if rooted to the  spot in openmouthed amazement. 

The man was sleeping, and the silveryhaired old maidenlady,  seated on the side of the bed, was bending

over the unconscious  stranger and gently stroking his tumbled, redbrown hair, even as a  mother might

lovingly caress her sleeping child.  And then, as Judy  watched, breathless with wonder, the proud old

gentlewoman, bending  closer over that still form on the bed, touched her lipssoft as a  rosepetalto the

stranger's brow. 

When she arose and saw Judy standing there, Auntie Sue's delicate  old cheeks flushed with color, and her

eyes were shining.  With a  gesture, she commanded the girl to silence, and the two tiptoed  from  the room.

When they were outside, and Auntie Sue had  cautiously  closed the door, she faced the speechless Judy with a

deliciously  defiant air that could not wholly hide her lovely  confusion. 

"IIwas thinking, Judy, how hehow hemight have beenmy  son." 

"Your 'son'!" ejaculated the girl.  "Why, ma'm, youall ain't never  even been married, as I've ever hearn tell,

have you?" 

Auntie Sue drew her thin shoulders proudly erect, and, lifting her  fine old face, answered the challenging

question with splendid  spirit:  "No, I have never been married; but I might have been; and  if I had, I suppose I

could have had a son, couldn't I?" 

The vanquished Judy retreated to the kitchen, where, in safety, she  sank into a chair, convulsed with laughter,

which she instinctively  muffled in her apron. 

Then came the day when the man, weak and worn with his struggle,  looked up at his gentle old nurse with the

light of sanity in his  deep blue eyes.  Very tired eyes they were, and filled with painful  memories,filled,

too, with worshipping gratitude and wonder. 

She smiled down at him with delighted triumph, and drawing a chair  close beside the bed, seated herself and

placed her soft hand on  his  where it lay on the coverlid. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER. 19



Top




Page No 22


"You are much better, this morning," she said cheerily.  "You will  soon be all right, now."  And as she looked

into the eyes that  regarded hers so questioningly, there was in her face and manner no  hint of doubt, or

pretense, or reproach;only confidence and love. 

He spoke slowly, as if feeling for words:  "I have been in Hell;  and youyou have brought me out.  Why did

you do it?" 

"Because you are mine," she answered, with her low chuckling laugh.  It was so good to have him able to talk

to her rationally after  those  long hours of fighting. 

"Because I am yours?" he repeated, puzzling over her words. 

"Yes," she returned, with a hint of determined proprietorship in  her voice; "because you belong to me.  You

see, that eddy where  your  boat landed is my property, and so anything that drifts down  the river  and lodges

there belongs to me.  Whatever the river  brings to me, is  mine.  The river brought you, and so"  She  finished

with another  laugh,a laugh that was filled with tender  motheryearning. 

The blue eyes smiled back at her for a moment; then she saw them  darken with painful memories. 

"Oh, yes; the river," he said.  "I wanted the river to do something  for me, andand it did something quite

different from what I  wanted." 

"Of course," she returned, eagerly, "the river is always like that.  It always does the thing you don't expect it to

do.  Just like life  itself.  Don't you see?  It begins somewhere away off at some  little  spring, and just keeps

going and going and going; and  thousands and  thousands of other springs, scattered all over the  country, start

streams and creeks and branches that run into it,  and make it bigger  and bigger, as it winds and curves and

twists  along, until it finally  reaches the great sea, where its waters are  united with all the waters  from all the

rivers in all the world.  And in all of its many, many  miles, from that first tiny spring to  the sea, there are not

two feet  of it exactly alike.  In all the  centuries of its being, there are  never two hours alike.  An  infinite variety

of days and nightsan  infinite variety of skies  and light and clouds and daybreaks and  sunsetsan infinite

number  and variety of currents and shoals and  deep places and quiet spots  and dangerous rapids and

eddiesand,  along its banks, an endless  change of hills and mountains and flats  and forests and meadows

and  farms and citiesand"  She paused,  breathless.  And then, when  he did not speak, but only watched

her,  she continued:  "Don't you  see?  Of course, the river never could be  what you expect, any more  than life

could be exactly what you want and  dream it will be." 

"Who in the world are you?" he asked, wonderingly.  "And what in  the world are you doing here in the

backwoods?" 

Smiling at his puzzled expression, she answered:  "I am Auntie Sue.  I am LIVING here in the backwoods." 

"But, your real name?  Won't you tell me your name?  I must know  how to address you." 

"Oh, my name is Susan E. WakefieldMISS Wakefield, if you please.  I shall be seventyone years old the

eighteenth day of next  November.  And you must call me 'Auntie Sue,'just as every one  else does." 

"WakefieldWakefieldwhere have I seen that name?"  He wrinkled  his brow in an effort to remember.

"WakefieldI feel sure that I  have heard it, somewhere." 

"It is not unlikely," she returned, lightly.  "It is not at all an  uncommon name.  And now that I am properly

introduced, don't you  think?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER. 20



Top




Page No 23


He hesitated a moment, then said, deliberately, "My name is Brian  Kent." 

"That is an Irish name," she said quickly; "and that is why your  hair is so nearly red and your eyes so blue." 

"Yes," he returned, "from my mother.  And please don't ask me more  now, for I can't lie to you, and I won't

tell you the truth."  And  she saw, again, the dark shadows of painful memories come into the  blue eyes. 

Bending over the bed, she laid her soft hand on his brow, and  pushed back his heavy hair; and her sweet old

voice was very low  and  gentle as she said:  "My dear boy, I shall never ask you more.  The  river brought you

to me, and you are mine.  You must not even  think of  anything else, just now.  When you are stronger, and are

ready, we  will talk of your future; but of your past, you" 

A loud knock sounded at the door of the living room. 

"There is someone at the door," she said hastily.  "I must go.  Lie  still, and go to sleep like a good boy; won't

you?" 

Swiftly, she leaned over, and, before he realized, he felt her lips  touch his forehead.  Then she was gone, and

Brian Kent's Irish eyes  were filled with tears.  Turning to the wall, he hid his face in  the  pillow. 

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW.

As Auntie Sue was closing the door of her guest's room carefully  behind her, Judy came from the kitchen in

great excitement, and the  knocking at the front door of the house was repeated. 

"Hit's the Sheriff, ma'm," whispered Judy.  "I was just acomin'  ter tell you.  I seed 'em from the

kitchenwinder.  He's got two  other men with him.  Their hosses is tied ter the fence in front.  What in hell will

we do, now?  They are after him in there, sure  's  death!" 

Auntie Sue's face was white, and her lips trembled,but only for a  moment. 

"Go back into the kitchen, Judy, and stay there," she commanded, in  a whisper; and went to open the front

door as calmly as if nothing  unusual had happened. 

Sheriff Knox was a big man, with a bluff, kindly manner, and a  voice that made nothing of closed doors.  He

returned Auntie Sue's  greeting heartily, and, with one of his companions,a quiet,  businesslooking

gentleman,accepted her cordial invitation to  come  in.  The third man of the party remained near the saddle

horses at  the gate. 

"Well, Auntie Sue," said the Sheriff, settling his ponderous bulk  in one of the old lady's rockingchairs,

which certainly was not  built to carry such a weight, "how are you?  I haven't seen you in  a  coon's age.  I'll

swear, though, you ain't a minute older than  you was  when you first begun teachin' the little Elbow Rock

school  up there on  the hill, are you?" 

"I don't know, Sheriff," Auntie Sue returned, with a nervous little  laugh.  "I sometimes think that I am a few

days older.  I have  watched a good many sunsets since then, you know." 

The big officer's laughter almost shook the log walls of the house.  To his quiet companion, who had taken a

chair near the window, he  said:  "I'll have to tell you, Ross, that Auntie Sue owns every  sunset in these Ozark

Mountains.  What was it you paid for them?"  He  turned again to their smiling hostess.  "Oh, yes; fifty cents an


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW. 21



Top




Page No 24


acre  for the land and fourteen dollars and a half for the sunsets.  You'll  have to be blamed careful not to

trespass on the sunsets in  this  neighborhood, Ross."  Again, his hearty laugh roared out,  while his  chair

threatened to collapse with the quaking of his  massive body. 

The gentleman seated at the window laughed quietly, in sympathy. 

"You'll be all right, though, Ross," the Sheriff continued, "as  long as you're with me.  Auntie Sue and me have

been friends for  about twenty year, now.  I always stop to see her whenever I'm  passing through the Elbow

Rock neighborhood, if I ain't in too big  a  hurry.  Stayed with her a week, once, five years ago, when we was

after that Lewis gang.  She knows I'd jail any man on earth that  would even touch one of her sunsets." 

Then, as if the jesting allusion to his office reminded him of his  professional duties, he added:  "I plumb

forgot, Auntie Sue, this  gentleman is Mr. Ross.  He is one of William J. Burns's crack  detectives.  Don't be

scared, though, he ain't after you." 

Auntie Sue, while joining in the laughter, and acknowledging the  introduction, regarded the businesslooking

gentleman by the window  with intense interest. 

"I think," she said, slowly,and the sweetness of her low,  cultured  voice was very marked in contrast to the

Sheriff's thundering  tones,"I think, sir, that this is the first time in my life that I  ever saw a real detective.  I

have read about them, of course." 

Mr. Ross was captivated by the charm of this beautiful old  gentlewoman, who regarded him with such

childlike interest, and  who  spoke with such sweet frankness and dignity.  Smilingly, he  returned: 

"I fear, madam, that you would find me very disappointing.  No one  that I ever knew in my profession could

hope to live up to the  reputation given us by the storybooks.  No secret service man  living  can remotely

approximate the deeds performed by the  detectives of  fiction.  We are very, very human, I can assure you." 

"I am sure that you, at least, must be very kind," returned Auntie  Sue, gently.  And the cheeks of the

experienced officer flushed  like  the cheeks of a schoolboy. 

"Mr. Ross, Auntie Sue," said the Sheriff, "is, as I was telling  you, one of William J. Burns's big men." 

Auntie Sue gave her attention to her big friend:  "Yes?" 

The Sheriff continued:  "Now, the Burns people, you see, protect  the banks all over the country." 

"Yes?" came, again, in a tone so low and gentle that the  monosyllable  was scarcely heard. 

The officer's loud voice went on:  "And Mr. Ross, here, works most  of his time on these bank cases.  Just now,

he is trailing a fellow  that got away with a lot of money from the Empire Consolidated  Savings Bank, of

Chicago, about a month ago;that is, the man  disappeared about a month ago.  He had been stealing along

from the  bank for about a year,worked, for them, you see." 

"The Empire Consolidated Savings Bank!"  Auntie Sue spoke the words  in a voice that was little more than a

whisper.  It was to the  Empire  Consolidated Savings Bank that she had sent the money which  she had  received

from her brother in Buenos Aires; and Homer T.  Ward, the  president of that bank, was one of her old pupils.

Why,  her stranger  guest, in the other room there, was that very moment  wearing one of  the bank president's

nightshirts. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW. 22



Top




Page No 25


"And do you"Auntie Sue addressed the detective"do you know the  man's name, Mr. Ross?" 

"Oh, yes," returned the officer, "his name is Brian Kent." 

Some source of strength, deephidden in her gentle nature, enabled  Auntie Sue to control her emotions,

though her voice broke a little  as she slowly repeated the man's name, "Brian Kent.  And do I  understand, sir,

that you have traced the man to thisneighborhood?" 

The detective was too skilled not to notice Auntie Sue's manner and  the break in her voice; but he never

dreamed that this old  gentlewoman's agitation was caused by a deeper interest than a  quite  natural fear that a

dangerous criminal might be lurking in  the  immediate vicinity. 

"Not exactly, Mrs.ah" 

"Miss Wakefield,"she supplied her name with a smile. 

With a courteous bow, the detective continued:  "We do not know for  sure that the man is in this

neighborhood, Miss Wakefield.  There  is  really no cause for you to be alarmed.  Even if he should call  at your

house, here, you need not be frightened, for I assure you  the man is  not at all a dangerous character." 

"I am glad," said Auntie Sue; and she laughed a little with a  relief more genuine than her callers knew. 

Detective Ross continued as if anxious to finish his unpleasant  duty:  "It is too bad for us to be disturbing you

with this  business,  Miss Wakefield, and I hope you will forgive us; but, the  case is like  this:  We traced our

man to the little town of Borden,  some forty  miles up the river from here.  He disappeared from the  hotel one

night, leaving his suitcase and, apparently, everything  he had with  him, and not a soul that we can find has

seen him  since.  Of course,  everybody says 'suicide.'  He had been drinking  heavily and acting  rather queer the

two or three days he was at the  hotel,it seems.  But I am not willing, yet, to accept the suicide  idea as final,

because it would be too easy for him to give things  that appearance in  order to throw us off; and I can't get

away from  the fact that a  Johnboat that was tied to the bank near the hotel  managed to break  loose and drift

off down the river that same  night.  Working on my  theory, we are following down the river,  trying to get

trace of either  the boat or the man.  So far, we  haven't heard of either, which rather  strengthens me in my

belief  that the boat and the man went away  together.  He is probably  traveling nights, and lying up under the

willows in daylight.  But  he will be compelled to show himself  somewhere, soon, in order to  get something to

eat, for he couldn't  have taken much with him,  trying, as he was, to create the impression  that he had

committed  suicide.  You have a wonderful view of the river  here, Miss  Wakefield." 

"Yes, sir; it is beautiful from the porch." 

"You spend a good deal of time on the porch, do you?" 

"Yes, sir." 

"And you would be quite likely to notice any boat passing, wouldn't  you?" 

"Yes, sir." 

"Could you see a boat at night,in the moonlight, I mean?" 

"I could if it were well out in the middle of the stream, away from  the shadow of the trees, along the bank." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW. 23



Top




Page No 26


"Have you seen any boats pass lately, Miss Wakefield?" 

"No, sir; I haven't seen a boat on the river for a month, at  least." 

"Dead certain about it, are you, Auntie Sue?" asked the Sheriff. 

"Yes, sir; I am very sure," she returned.  "Judy and I were talking  about it yesterday." 

"Who is Judy?" asked the detective. 

The Sheriff answered, "Just a girl that lives with Auntie Sue." 

And Auntie Sue added:  "I know Judy has seen no boats passing,  because, as I say, we were talking about it." 

"I see," said the detective.  "And may I ask, Miss Wakefield, if  any oneany stranger, I meanhas called at

the house lately, or  if  you have seen any one in the vicinity?" 

The gentle old lady hesitated. 

The officers thought she was searching her memory to be sure before  she answered. 

Then Auntie Sue said, deliberately:  "No, sir; we have not seen a  stranger in this vicinity for several weeks.

The last one was a  mulebuyer, who stopped to ask if he was on the right road to Tom  Warden's; and that

must have been fully six weeks ago." 

The detective looked at Sheriff Knox. 

"Well," said the big officer, "I reckon we might as well push  along." 

The two men arose. 

"Oh, but surely you will stay for dinner," said Auntie Sue, while  her dear heart was faint with fear lest they

accept, and thus bring  about who could say what disastrous consequences through their  meeting with Judy. 

"Not this time, Auntie Sue," returned the Sheriff.  "Mr. Ross is  anxious to get on down the river as fast as he

can.  He's got men  on  watch at White's Crossing, and if our man ain't passed there, or  if we  don't strike his

trail somewhere before we get there, we will  jump  back on the railroad, and get some boy to bring the horses

through  later." 

"I see," returned Auntie Sue.  And to the detective she added,  smiling:  "I am sure it must be very difficult for

any one to  escape  you, Mr. Ross.  I have read such wonderful things about Mr.  Burns and  the work of his

organization; and now that I have met  you,a real  live detective,I shall be very careful, indeed,  about

what I do in  the future.  I shouldn't want to have you on my  track, I assure you." 

The two men laughed heartily, and the detective, as he extended his  hand in farewell, returned:  "I count it a

great privilege to have  met you, Miss Wakefield; and if you will promise to do one thing  for  me, I'll agree to

be very lenient with you if I am ever  assigned to a  case in which you are to be brought to justice." 

"I promise," returned the old lady, quickly.  "I really wouldn't  dare to refuse under the circumstances, would

I?  What do you want  me  to do, Mr. Ross?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW. 24



Top




Page No 27


"If this man Brian Kent should happen to appear in this vicinity,  will you get a message as quickly as

possible, at any cost, to  Sheriff Knox?" 

"Why, of course," agreed Auntie Sue.  "But you have not yet told me  what the man looks like, Mr. Ross." 

"He is really a fine looking chap," the detective answered.  "Thirty years oldfully six feet tallrather

slender, but well  builtweighs about one hundred fiftya splendid headsmooth  shavenreddish

hairdark blue eyesand a high, broad forehead.  He  is of Irish extractionis culturedvery courteous in

his  manner and  speechdresses welland knows a lot about books and  authors and such  things." 

"I would surely know him from that description," said Auntie Sue,  thinking of the wretched creature who had

fallen, sobbing, at her  feet so short a time before.  "But, you do not make him seem like a  criminal at all.  It is

strange that a man such as you describe  should be a fugitive from the law, is it not?" 

"We come in contact with many strange things in our business, Miss  Wakefield," the Burns operative

answereda little sadly, Auntie  Sue  thought.  "Life itself is so strange and complex, though you in  your  quiet

retreat, here, can scarcely find it so." 

"Indeed, I find life very wonderful, Mr. Ross, even here in my  little house by the river," she answered,

slowly. 

Sheriff Knox held out a newspaper to Auntie Sue:  "Just happened to  remember that I had it in my pocket," he

said.  "It gives a pretty  full account of this fellow Kent's case.  You will notice there is  a  big reward offered for

his capture.  If you can catch him for us,  you'll make enough money to keep you mighty nigh all the rest of

your  life."  And the officer's great laugh boomed out at the  thought of the  old schoolteacher as a

thiefcatcher. 

"By the way, Sheriff," said Auntie Sue, as they were finally saying  goodbye at the door, "you didn't happen

to ask at Thompsonville  for  my mail, did you, as you came through?"  Her voice was  trembling, now,  with

eagerness and anxiety. 

"I'm plumb sorry, Auntie Sue, but I didn't.  You see, we were so  busy on this job, I clean forgot about

stopping here; and, besides,  we might have caught our man before we got this far, you see." 

"Of course," returned Auntie Sue, "I should have thought of that;  but I have been rather anxious about an

important letter that seems  to have been delayed.  Some of the neighbors will probably be going  to the office

today, though.  Goodbye!  You know you are always  welcome, Sheriff; and you, too, Mr. Ross, if you

should ever happen  to be in this part of the country again." 

"A wonderful old woman, Ross," commented Sheriff Knox as they were  riding away.  And the quiet,

businesslooking detective, whose life  had been spent in combating crime and deception, answered, as he

waved farewell to Auntie Sue, who watched them from the door of the  little log house by the river, "A very

wonderful woman, indeed,  the  loveliest old lady I have ever met,and the most remarkable." 

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW.

When she had watched Sheriff Knox and his two companions ride out  of sight, Auntie Sue turned slowly

back into the house to face  Judy,  who stood accusingly in the kitchen doorway. 

For what seemed a long time, the old gentlewoman and the deformed  mountain girl stood silently looking at


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 25



Top




Page No 28


each other.  Then Auntie  Sue  nervously crossed the room to lay the newspaper, which the  Sheriff had  given

her, on the table beside her basket of sewing. 

Without speaking, Judy followed her, watching every movement  intently. 

Turning to face her companion again, Auntie Sue stood, still  speechless, clasping and unclasping her thin old

hands. 

Judy spoke in her shrill, drawling monotone:  "Youall have sure  fixed hit this here time, hain't you?  Can't

youall see what a  hell  of a hole you've done got us inter?" 

When Auntie Sue apparently could not reply, Judy continued:  "Just  as if hit wasn't more 'n enough for

youall ter go an' wear  yourself  plumb out atakin' keer of that there ornery, no'count  feller, what I  never

ought ter dragged out of the river nohow.  An', now, youall got  ter go an' just naturally lie like you did  ter the

Sheriff an' that  there deteckertive man.  I was plumb  scared to death alistenin' ter  you through the crack in

the  kitchen door.  I 'lowed every minute  they'd ketch you, sure.  My  LordA'mighty! ma'm, can't youall

figger  what'll happen ter weuns  if they ever finds out that weuns done had  him hid right here in  this here

house all the time?  I never heard  tell of such dad  burned, fool doin's in all my born days!  I sure wish  ter God

that  there old Johnboat had atuck him off down the river an'  smashed  him up agin Elbow Rock, like hit ort,

an' not afetched him  ter our  door ter git weuns in jail for savin' his worthless, no'count  hide,I sure do!" 

"But, Judy, I never in all my life did such a thing before," said  Auntie Sue in a tremulous whisper, too

overwrought to speak aloud. 

"Youall ain't aneedin' ter do hit but onct, neither.  Onct is  sure a heap plenty for that there big Sheriff man.

Just look what  he  did ter my pap!  He's jailed pap seven times, that I kin  rec'lect.  GodA'mighty knows how

many times he ketched him 'fore I  was borned.  An' pap, he didn't do so mighty much ary time,  neither." 

"I just had to do it, Judy, dear," protested Auntie Sue.  "It  seemed as if I simply could not tell the truth:

something wouldn't  let me." 

Judy, unheeding her companion's agitation, continued reviewing the  situation:  "An' just look at all the money

youall done lost!" 

"Money?" questioned Auntie Sue. 

"Yep, 'money:'that there reward what they'd apaid youall if  youall hadn't alied like you did.  I reckon

as how there'd abeen  as much, maybe, as what was in that there letter youall done sent  ter the bank an' ain't

never heard tell of since.  Hit's most  likely  clean gone by now, an' here you done gone an' throw'd this  other

away,plumb throw'd hit away!" 

At this, Auntie Sue's spirit suddenly flashed into fiery  indignation. 

"Judith Taylor," she said sharply, "how can you suggest such a  wicked thing?  Why, I wouldI wouldDIE

before I would accept a  penny for doing such a thing!" 

And it was Judy, now, who stood silent and abashed before the  aroused Auntie Sue. 

"Don't ever speak of such a thing again!" continued the old lady.  "And remember, we must be more careful

than ever, now, not to let  any  onenot a soulknow that Mr.Mr.Burns is in the house, or  that we  ever

saw him!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 26



Top




Page No 29


"That there deteckertive man said as how the feller's name was  Brian Kent, didn't be?" muttered the sullen

Judy. 

"I don't care what the detective man said!" retorted Auntie Sue.  "I am telling you that his name is Brian

Burns, and you had better  remember it!  You had better remember, too, that if anybody ever  finds out the truth

about him, you and I will go right along to  jail  with him!" 

"Yes, ma'm; I sure ain't aimin' ter forgit that," replied the  humbled Judy; and she slouched away to the

kitchen. 

Auntie Sue went to the door of Brian Kent's room.  But, with her  hand outstretched toward the latch, she

hesitated.  Had he heard?  The  Sheriff's voice had been so loud.  She feared to enter, yet she  knew  that she

must.  At last, she knocked timidly, and, when there  was no  answer, knocked again, louder.  Cautiously, she

opened the  door. 

The man lay with his face to the wall,to all appearances fast  asleep. 

She tiptoed to the bed, and stood looking down upon the stranger  for whom, without a shadow of

reason,one would have said,she  had  violated one of the most deeply rooted principles of her  seventy

years. 

To Auntie Sue, daughter of New England Puritanism, and religious to  the deeps of her being, a lie was

abhorrent,and she had lied,  deliberately, carefully, and with painstaking skill she had lied.  She  had not

merely evaded the truth; she had lied,and that to  save a man  of whom she knew nothing except that he was

a fugitive  from the law.  And the strangest thing about it was this, that she  was glad.  She  could not feel one

twinge of regret for her sin.  She could not even  feel that she had, indeed, sinned.  She had even  a feeling of

pride  and triumph that she had lied so successfully.  She was troubled,  though, about this new and wholly

unexpected  development in her life.  It had been so easy for her.  She had  lied so naturally, so  instinctively. 

She remembered how she had spoken to Brian Kent of the river and of  life.  She saw, now, that the river

symbolized not only life as a  whole, with its many everchanging conditions and currents, amid  which the

individual must live;the river symbolized, as truly,  the  individual life, with its everchanging moods and

motives,its  evervarying and oftenconflicting currents of instinct and  training,its infinite variety of

intellectual deeps and  shallows,its gentle places of spiritual calm,and its wild and  turbulent rapids of

dangerous passion. 

"What hitherto unsuspected currents in her liferiver," she asked  herself, "had carried her so easily into

falsehood?  What strange  forces were these," she wondered, "that had set her so suddenly  against honesty and

truthfulness and law and justice?  And this  stranger,this wretched, haggardfaced, drunken creature, who

had  been brought by the mysterious currents of life to her door,what  was there in him that so compelled

her protecting interest?  What  was  it within him, deeply hidden under the repellent exterior of  his  being, that

had so awakened in her that strange feeling of  possession,of motherhood?" 

It was not strange that, in her mental and spiritual extremity, the  dear old gentlewoman's lifelong habit

should lead her to kneel  beside the stranger's bed and pray for understanding and guidance.  It  was significant

that she did not ask her God to forgive the lie. 

And, presently, as she prayed, she felt the man on the bed move.  Then a hand lightly touched her hair.  She

remained very still for  a  little,her head still bowed.  The hand that touched so  reverently  the silvery gray

hair trembled a little.  Slowly, the  old teacher  raised her face to look at him; and the Irish blue eyes  of Brian

Kent  were wide with wondering awe and glowing with a light  that warmed her  heart and strengthened her. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 27



Top




Page No 30


"Why did you do it?" he asked.  "You wonderful, wonderful woman!  Why did you do it?" 

Slowly, she rose from her knees to sit beside him on the bed.  "You  heard?" 

He nodded his head, not trusting himself to speak. 

"I was afraid the Sheriff talked too loud," she said. 

"But, why did you do it?" he persisted. 

"I think it was because I couldn't do anything else," she answered,  with her little chuckling laugh.  Then she

added, seriously:  "How  could I let them take you away?  Are you not mine?  Did not the  river  bring you to

me?" 

"I must tell you," he answered, sadly, "that what the detective  told you about me is true." 

"Yes?" she answered, smiling. 

"I was a clerk in the Empire Consolidated Savings Bank," he  continued, "and I stole money,for nearly a

year I stole,not  large  sums, but a little at a time.  Then, when I knew that it was  going to  be discovered, I

took quite a lot, and ran away." 

"Yes?" said Auntie Sue. 

"Do you not care that I am a thief?" he questioned, wonderingly. 

"Oh, yes; I care very much," she returned.  "But, you see, after  all, your stealing is a little thing that can be

made all right.  Your  being a thief is so small in comparison with other things  which you  might have been, but

which you are not, and of so little  importance in  comparison with what you really ARE, that I can't  feel so

very bad  about it." 

"Butbutmy drinking,my condition when"  He could not go on. 

"Why, you see," she answered, "I can't think of THAT man as being  YOU at all.  THAT was something that

the accident of your being a  thief did to you,like catching cold, and being sick, after  accidentally falling in

the river." 

After a little silence, the man spoke, slowly:  "I suppose every  thief, when he is caught, says the same thing;

but I really never  wanted to do it.  Circumstances" he paused, biting his lip, and  turning away. 

"What was she like?" asked Auntie Sue, gently. 

"She?" and his face reddened. 

"Yes, I have observed that, to a man, 'circumstances' nearly always  mean a woman.  To a woman, of course, it

is a man." 

"I cannot tell you about her, now," he said.  "Some day, perhaps,  when I am further away from it.  But she is

not at all like you." 

And this answer, for some strange reason, brought a flush of  pleasure to the face of the old schoolteacher. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 28



Top




Page No 31


"I did not mean for you to tell me now," she returned.  "I only  wanted you to know that, even though I am an

old maid, I can  understand." 

She left him then, and went to attend to her simple household  duties. 

It was not until quite late in the evening that Auntie Sue took up  the newspaper which Sheriff Knox had given

her.  Judy had retired  to  her room, and Brian Burnsas they had agreed he should be  calledwas  fast

asleep. 

Tomorrow, Brian was going to sit up.  His clothing had been washed  and ironed and pressed, and Auntie Sue

was making some little  repairs  in the way of darning and buttons.  She had finished, and  was putting  her

needle and scissors in the sewingbasket on the  table beside her,  when she noticed the paper, which she had

forgotten. 

The article headed "BANK CLERK DISAPPEARS" was not long.  It told,  in a matteroffact, newspaper

way, how Brian Kent had, at  different  times, covering a period of several months, taken various  sums from

the Empire Consolidated Savings Bank, and gave, so far as  was then  known, the accumulated amount which

he had taken.  The  dishonest clerk  had employed several methods in his operations; but  the particular

incidentread Auntie Suewhich had led to the  exposure of Kent's  stealings was the theft of a small sum

of money  in banknotes, which  had been sent to the bank in a letter by one  of the bank's smaller  depositors. 

The newspaper fell from Auntie Sue's hand.  Mechanically, she  fingered the garment lying in her lap. 

She, too, had sent a sum of money in a letter for deposit to her  small account in this bank from which Brian

Kent had stolen.  She  would not have sent the familiar paper currency of the United  States  that way; but, this

money was in Argentine notes.  Her  brother from  faraway Buenos Aires had sent it to her, saying that  it

would help to  keep her during the closing years of her life; and  she had added it to  her small savings with a

feeling of deepest  gratitude that her last  days were now fully provided for.  And she  had received from the

bank  no acknowledgment of her letter with its  enclosures. 

Taking up the paper with hands that trembled so she scarce could  distinguish the words, she read the

paragraph again. 

Suddenly, she recalled the man's puzzled expression when she had  told him her name, and she seemed to hear

him say, again,  "Wakefield?  Wakefield?  Where have I seen that name?" 

She looked at the date of the paper.  Beyond all doubt, the man  sleeping there in the other room;the man

whom she had saved from  a  suicide's end in the river;whom she had nursed through the hell  of  delirium

tremens;whom she had yearned over as over her own  son, and  for whom, to save from the just penalty of

his crime, she  had  liedbeyond all doubt that man had robbed her of the money  that was  to have insured to

her peace and comfort in the closing  years of her  life. 

Carefully, Auntie Sue laid the garment she had just mended with  such loving care, with the rest of Brian

Kent's clothing, on the  nearby chair.  Rising, she went with slow, troubled step to the  porch. 

There was no moon, that night, to turn the waters of The Bend into  a stream of silvery light.  But the stars

were shining bright and  clear, and she could see the river where it made its dark,  mysterious  way between the

walls of shadowy hills; and borne to her  ears on the  gentle night wind came the deep, thundering roar of the

angry waters  at Elbow Rock. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW. 29



Top




Page No 32


For a long time she stood there on the porch looking into the  night, with the light from the open door of her

little house behind  her; and she felt very lonely, very tired, and very old.  With her  beautiful old face upturned

to the infinite sky, where shining  worlds  are scattered in such lavish profusion, she listened,  listened to the

river that, with its countless and complex  currents, swept so  irresistibly onward along the way that was set  for

it by Him who swung  those starworlds in the limitless space of  that mighty arch above.  And something of

the spirit that broods  ever over the river must have  entered into the soul of Auntie Sue.  When she turned back

into the  house, there was a smile on her face,  though her eyes were wet with  tears. 

Going to the chair that held Brian Kent's clothing, she took the  garments in her arms and pressed them to her

lips.  Then she  carried  them to his room. 

For some time she remained in that darkened chamber beside the  sleeping man. 

When she returned to the livingroom, she again took up the  newspaper.  Very carefully, that her sleeping

companions in the  house  might not hear her, she went to the kitchen, the paper in her  hand.  Very carefully,

that no sound should betray her act, she  burned the  paper in the kitchen stove. 

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION.

During the next few days, Brian Kent rapidly regained his strength.  No one seeing the tall, selfpossessed

gentleman who sat with  Auntie  Sue on the porch overlooking the river, or strolled about  the place,  could have

imagined him the wretchedly repulsive  creature that Judy  had dragged from the eddy so short a time  before.

And no  one,exempting, perhaps, detective Ross,would  have identified this  bearded guest of Auntie

Sue's as the  absconding bank clerk for whose  arrest a substantial reward was  offered. 

But Mr. Ross had departed from the Ozarks, to report to the Empire  Consolidated Savings Bank that, to the

best of his knowledge and  belief, Brian Kent had been drowned.  Homer T. Ward, himself, wrote  Auntie Sue

about the case, for the detective had told the bank  president about his visit to the little log house by the river,

and  the banker knew that his old teacher would wish to hear the  conclusion  of the affair. 

The facts upon which the detective based his conclusion that Brian  Kent was dead, were, first of all, the man's

general character,  temperament, habits, and ambitions,aside from his thefts from the  bank,prior to the

time of his exposure and flight, and his known  mental and physical condition at the time he disappeared from

the  hotel in the little river town of Borden. 

The detective reasoned (and there are thousands of cases that could  be cited to support his contention) that by

such a man as Brian  Kent,knowing, as he must have known, the comparative certainty of  his ultimate

arrest and conviction, and being in a mental and  nervous  condition bordering on insanity, as a result of his

constant brooding  over his crime and the excessive drinking to  which he had resorted for  relief,by such a

man, death would  almost inevitably be chosen rather  than a life of humiliation and  disgrace and

imprisonment. 

Acting upon the supposition, however, that the man had gone down  the river in that missing boat, and that the

appearance of suicide  was planned by the fugitive to trick his pursuers, the detectives  ascertained that he had

provided no supplies for a trip down the  river.  The man would be compelled to seek food.  The mountain

country through which he must pass was sparsely settled, and for a  distance that would have taken a boat

many days to cover, the  officers visited every house and cabin and camp on either side of  the  river without

finding a trace of the hunted man.  The river had  been  watched night and day.  The net set by the Burns

operatives  touched  every settlement and village for many miles around.  And,  finally, the  battered and broken

wreck of the lost boat had been  found some two  miles below Elbow Rock. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 30



Top




Page No 33


". . . And so, my dear Auntie Sue," Banker Ward wrote, in  conclusion, "you may rest in peace, secure in the

certainty that my  thieving bank clerk is not lurking anywhere in your beautiful Ozarks  to pounce down upon

you unawares in your little house beside the  river.  The man is safely dead.  There is no doubt about it.  I  regret,

more than I can express, that you have been in any way  disturbed by the affair.  Please think no more about it. 

"By the way, you made a great impression upon detective Ross.  He  was more than enthusiastic over your

graciousness and your beauty.  I  never heard him talk so much before in all the years I have known  him.

Needless to say, I indorsed everything he said about the  dearest old  lady in the world, and then we celebrated

by dining  together and  drinking a toast to Auntie Sue. . . ." 

Auntie Sue went with the letter to Brian, and acquainted him with  that part of the banker's communication

which related to the  absconding clerk; but, about her relation to the president of the  Empire Consolidated

Savings Bank, she said nothing. 

"Isn't it splendid!" she finished, her face glowing with delight. 

"Splendid?" he echoed, looking at her with grave, questioning eyes. 

"Why, yes, of course!" she returned.  "Aren't you glad to be so  dead, under the circumstances?  Think what it

means!  You are free,  now.  No horrid old detectives dogging your steps, or waiting  behind  every bush and tree

to pounce upon you.  There is nothing,  now, to  prevent your being the kind of man that you always meant to

be,and  really ARE, too,except for youryour accidental tumble  in the  river," she finished with her low

chuckling laugh.  "And,  some day,"  she went on, with conviction, "when you have established

yourself,when you have asserted your REAL self, I mean,and have  paid back every penny of the

money, Homer T. Ward and Mr. Ross and  everybody will be glad that they didn't catch you before you had a

chance to save yourself." 

"And you, Auntie Sue?"  Brian's voice was deep with feeling:  "And  you?" 

"Me?  Oh, I am as glad, now, as I can ever be, because, you see, to  me it is already done." 

For a long minute he looked at her without speaking, then turned  his face away to gaze out over the river and

the hills; but his  eyes  were the eyes of one who looks without seeing. 

Slowly, he said:  "I wish I could be sure.  There was a time when I  waswhen I believed in myself.  It seems

to me, now, that it was  years and years ago.  I thought, then, that nothing could shake me  in  my purpose; that

nothing could check me in my ambition.  I saw  myself  going straight on to the goal I had set for myself as

certainly  aswell, as your river ever there goes on to the sea.  But now"  He  shook his head sadly. 

Auntie Sue laughed.  "You foolish boy.  My river out there doesn't  go straight at all.  It meets all sorts of

obstacles, and is beset  by  all sorts of conflicting influences, and so is forced to wind  and  twist and work its

way along; but, the big, splendid thing  about the  river is that it keeps going on.  It never stops to turn  back.  No

matter what happens to it, it never stops.  It goes on  and on and on  unto the very end, until it finally loses itself

in  the triumph of its  own achievement,the sea." 

"And you think that I can go on?" he asked, doubtingly. 

"I know you can go on," she answered with conviction. 

"But, why are you so sure?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 31



Top




Page No 34


"Perhaps," she returned, smiling, "seventy years makes one sure of  some things." 

Ho exclaimed passionately:  "But you do not knowyou cannot know  how my life, my dreams, my plans,

my hopes, myeverythinghas  been  broken into bits!" 

She answered calmly, pointing to Elbow Rock:  "Look there, Brian.  See how the river is broken into bits.  See

how its smoothly  flowing,  onward sweep is suddenly changed to wild, chaotic turmoil;  how it  rages and

fumes and frets and smashes itself against the  rocks.  But  it goes on just the same.  Life cannot be always calm

and smoothly  flowing like the peaceful Bend.  But life can always  go on.  Life must  always go on.  And you

will find, my dear boy,  that a little way below  Elbow Rock there is another quiet stretch." 

When he spoke again there was a note of almost reverence in his  voice. 

"Auntie Sue, was there ever a break in your life?  Were your dreams  and plans ever smashed into bits?" 

For a little, she did not answer; then she said, bravely:  "Yes,  Brian; several times.  Once,years and years

ago,I do not know  how  I managed to go on.  I felt, then, as you feel now; but,  somehow, I  managed, and so

found the calm places.  The last hard  spot came quite  recently."  She paused, wondering what he would do  if

she were to tell  him how he himself had made the hard spot.  "But, now," she continued,  "I am hoping that the

rest of the way  will be calm and untroubled." 

"I wish I could help to make it so!" he cried impulsively. 

"Why, you can," she returned quickly.  "Of course you can.  Perhaps  that is why the current landed your boat

at my garden, instead of  carrying you on down the rapids to Elbow Rock.  Who can say?" 

A new light kindled in the man's eyes as his sensitive nature took  fire at Auntie Sue's words.  "I could do

anything for a woman like  you, Auntie Sue," he said quietly, but with a conviction that left  no  room for

doubt.  "But you must tell me what I am to do." 

She answered:  "You are simply to go on with your lifejust as if  no Elbow Rock had ever disturbed you;

just as the river goes onto  the end." 

She left him, then, to think out his problem alone; for the teacher  of so many years' experience was too wise

not to know when a lesson  was finished. 

But when the end of the day was come, they again sat together on  the porch and watched the miracle of the

sunset hour.  And no word  was spoken by them, now, of life and its problems and its meanings.  As one listens

to the song of a bird without thought of musical  notes  or terms; as one senses the fragrance of a flower

without  thought of  the chemistry of perfume; as one feels the presence of  spring in the  air without thought of

the day of the week, so they  were conscious of  the beauty, the glory, and the peace of the  evening. 

Only when the soft darkness of the night lay over the land, and  river and mountain and starry sky were veiled

in dreamy mystery,  did  Auntie Sue speak:  "Oh, it is so good to have some one to share  it  with,some one

who understands.  I am very lonely, sometimes,  Brian.  I wonder if you know?" 

"Yes, Auntie Sue, I know, for I have been lonely, too." 

And so the old gentlewoman, whose lifework was so nearly finished,  and the man in the flush of his manhood

years, whose life had been  so  nearly wrecked, were drawn very close by a something that came  to them  out of

the beauty and the mystery of that hour. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 32



Top




Page No 35


The next day, Brian told Auntie Sue that he would leave on the  morrow. 

"Leave?" she echoed in dismay.  "Why, Brian, where are you going?" 

"I don't exactly know," he returned; "but, of course, I must go  somewhere, out into the world again." 

"And why must you 'go somewhere, out into the world again'?" she  demanded. 

"To work," he answered, smiling.  "If I am to go on, as you say, I  must go where I can find something to do." 

"If that isn't just like youyou child!" cried the old teacher.  "You are all alike,you boys and girls.  You all

must have  something  to do; always, it is 'something to do'." 

"Well," he returned, "and must we not have something to do?" 

"You will do something, certainly," she answered; "but, before you  can DO anything that is worth doing, you

must BE something.  Life  isn't DOING;it is BEING." 

"I wonder if that was not the real reason for my wretched  failures,"  said Brian, thoughtfully. 

"It is the real reason for most of our failures," she returned.  "And so you are not going to fail again.  You are

not going away  somewhere, you don't know where, to do something you don't know  what.  You are going to

stay right here, and just BE something.  Then, when  the time comes, you will do whatever is yours to do as

naturally and  as inevitably as the birds sing, as the blossoms come  in the spring,  or as the river finds its way

to the sea." 

And more than ever Brian Kent felt in the presence of Auntie Sue as  a little boy to whom the world had

grown suddenly very big and very  wonderful. 

But, after a while, he shook his head, smiling wistfully.  "No, no,  Auntie Sue, that sounds all true and right

enough, but it can't be.  I  must go just the same." 

"Why can't it be, Brian?" 

"For one thing," he returned, "I cannot risk the danger to you.  After all, as long as I am living, there is a

chance that my  identity  will be discovered, and youno, no; I must not!" 

"As for that," she answered quickly, "the chances of your being  identified are a thousand times greater if you

go into the world  again too soon.  Some day, of course, you must go; but you are  safer  now right here.

And"she added quickly"it would be no  easier for  me, dear boy, totohave it happen somewhere

away from  me.  You are  mine, you know, no matter where you go." 

"But, Auntie Sue," he protested, "I am not a gentleman of means  that I can do nothing indefinitely; neither am

I capable of living  upon your hospitality for an extended period.  I must earn my bread  and butter." 

The final sentence came with such a lifting of his head, such a  look of stern decision, and such an air of pride,

that the gentle  old  schoolteacher laughed until her eyes were filled with tears;  and  Judy, at the crack in the

kitchen door, wondered if the  mistress of  the little log house by the river were losing her mind. 

"Oh, Brian! Brian!" cried Auntie Sue, wiping her eyes.  "I knew you  would come to the 'bread and butter' at

last.  That is where all  our  philosophies and reasonings and arguments come at last, don't  they?  Just 'bread and


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 33



Top




Page No 36


butter,' that is all.  And I love you for  it.  Of  course you can't live upon my hospitality,and I couldn't  let you

if  you would.  And if you WOULD, I wouldn't let you if I  could.  I am no  more a lady of means, my haughty

sir, than you are  a gentleman of  independent fortune.  The fact is, Brian, dear, I  suspect that you and  I are

about the two poorest people in the  world,to be anything like  as pretentiously respectable and  properly

proud as we are." 

When the man could make no reply, but only looked at her with a  muchpuzzled and stillproud expression,

she continued, half  laughingly, but well pleased with him:  "Please, Brian, don't look  so  haughtily injured.  I

had no intention of insulting you by  offering  charity.  Far from it." 

Instantly, the man's face changed.  He put out his hands  protestingly, and his blue eyes filled, as he said,

impulsively.  "Auntie Sue, after what you have done for me, I" 

She answered quickly:  "We are considering the future.  What has  been, is past.  Our river is already far beyond

that point in its  journey.  Don't let us try to turn the waters back.  I promise you  I  am going to be very, very

practical, and make you pay for  EVERYTHING." 

Smiling, now, he waited for her to explain. 

"I must tell you, first," she began, "that, except for a very small  amount in thein a savings bank, I have

nothing to provide for my  last days except this little farm." 

"What a shame," Brian Kent exclaimed, "that a woman like you can  give her life to the public schools for

barely enough salary to  keep  her alive during her active years, and then left in her old  age with  no means of

support.  It is a national disgrace." 

Auntie Sue chuckled with appreciation of the rather grim humor of  the situation.  What would Brian Kent,

indignant at the public  neglect of the schoolteacher, say of the man who had robbed her of  the money that

was to provide for her closing years?  "After all,  most public sins are only individual sins at the last," she said,

musingly. 

"I beg your pardon," said Brian, not in the least seeing the  relevancy of her words. 

Auntie Sue came quickly back to her subject:  "Only thirty acres of  my little farm is under cultivation.  The

remaining fifty acres is  wild timberland.  If I could have that fifty acres also in  cultivation, with the money

that the timber would bring,which  would  not be a great deal,I would be fairly safe for thefor the  rest

of  my evening," she finished with a smile.  "Do you see?" 

"You mean that Ithat you want me to stay here and work for you?" 

"I mean," she answered, "that, if you choose to stay for awhile,  you need not feel that you would be accepting

my hospitality as  charity," she returned gently.  "I am not exactly offering you a  job:  I am only showing you

how you could, without sacrificing your  pride,  remain in this quiet retreat for awhile before returning to  the

world." 

"It would be heaven, Auntie Sue," he returned earnestly.  "I want  to stay so bad that I fear myself.  Let me

think it over until to  morrow.  Let me be sure that I am doing the right thing, and not  merely the thing I want

to do." 

She liked his answer, and did not mention the subject again until  Brian himself was ready.  And, strangely

enough, it was poor,  twisted  Judy who helped him to set matters straight. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION. 34



Top




Page No 37


CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES.

Brian had walked along the riverbank below the house to a spot  just above the point where the high bluff

jutting out into the  riverchannel forms Elbow Rock. 

The bank here is not so high above the roaring waters of the  rapids, for the spur of the mountain which forms

the cliff lies at  a  right angle to the river, and the greater part of the cliff is  thus on  the shore, with its height

growing less and less as it  merges into the  main slope of the mountainside.  From the turn in  the road, in

front  of the house, a footpath leads down the bank of  the river to the  cliff, and, climbing stairlike up the face

of the  steep bluff, zigzags  down the easier slope of the downriver side,  to come again into the  road below.

The road itself, below Elbow  Rock, is forced by the steep  side of the mountainspur and the  precipitous bluff

to turn inland  from the river, and so, climbing  by an easier grade up past Tom  Warden's place, crosses the

ridge  above the schoolhouse, and comes  back down the mountain again in  front of Auntie Sue's place, to its

general course along the  stream.  The little path forms thus a  convenient short cut for any  one following the

river road on foot. 

Brian, seated on the riverbank a little way from the path where it  starts up the bluff, was trying to decide

whether it would be  better  for him to follow his desire and stay with Auntie Sue for a  few weeks  or months,

or whether he should not, in spite of the land  he might  clear for her, return to the world where he could more

quickly earn  the money to pay back that which he had stolen. 

And as he sat there, the man was conscious that he had reached one  of those turningpoints that are found in

every life where results,  momentous and farreaching, are dependent upon comparatively  unimportant and

temporary issues.  He could not have told why, and  yet he felt a certainty that, for him, two widely separated

futures  were dependent upon his choice.  Nor could he, by thinking,  discover  what those futures held for him,

nor which he should  choose.  Even as  his boat that night had hung on the edge of the  eddy,hesitating on  the

dividingline between the two currents,  so the man himself now  felt the pull of his lifecurrents, and

hesitated,undecided. 

Looking toward the house, he thought how like the life offered by  Auntie Sue was to the quiet waters of The

Bend, andhis mind  finished the similehow like the life to which he would go was to  the rapids at Elbow

Rock; and, yet, he reflected, the waters could  never reach the sea without enduring the turmoil of the rapids.

And,  again, the thought came, "The Bend is just as much the river  as the  troubled passage around the rock." 

When he had given up life, and, to all intent and purpose, had left  life behind him, the river, without his will

or knowledge, had  mysteriously elected to save him from the death he had chosen as  his  only refuge from the

utter ruin that had seemed so inevitable.  As the  currents of the river had carried his boat to the eddy at  the

foot of  Auntie Sue's garden, the currents of life had  mysteriously brought him  to the saving influence of

Auntie Sue  herself.  Should he push out  again into the stream to face the  danger he knew beset such a course?

or should he wait for a season  in the secure calm of the harbor she  offered until he were  stronger?  Brian Kent

knew, instinctively, that  there was in the  wisdom and love of Auntie Sue's philosophy and faith  a strength  that

would, if he could make it his, insure his safe  passage  through every danger of life, and yet 

The man's meditations were interrupted by a chance look toward the  bluff which towered above him. 

Judy was climbing the steep trail. 

Curiously, Brian watched the deformed mountain girl as she made her  way up the narrow, stairlike path, and

her cutting words came back  to  him:  "GodA'mighty and my drunken pap made me like I am.  But

you,damn you!you made yourself what you be."  And Auntie Sue  had  said that the allimportant thing


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES. 35



Top




Page No 38


in life was not to DO  something, but  to BE something. 

The girl, who had gained a point halfway to the top of the bluff,  paused to look searchingly about, and Brian,

who was halfhidden by  the bushes, started to call to her, thinking she might be looking  for  him; but some

impulse checked him and he remained silently  watching  her.  Climbing hurriedly a little higher up the path

Judy  again  stopped to look carefully around, as if searching the  vicinity for  some one.  Then, once more, she

went on until she  stood on top of the  cliff; and now, as she looked about over the  surrounding country, she

called:  "Mr. Burns!  Oh, Mr. Burns!  Whooee!  Mr. Burns!" 

Brian's lips were parted to answer the call when something happened  on top of the bluff which held him for

the moment speechless. 

From beyond where Judy stood on the brink of the cliff, a man's  head and shoulders appeared.  Brian saw the

girl start and turn to  face the newcomer as if in sudden fear.  Then she whirled about to  run.  Before she could

gain the point where the path starts down  from  the top, the man caught her and dragged her roughly back, so

that the  two disappeared from Brian's sight.  Brian was halfway up  the bluff  when he heard the girl's shrill

scream. 

There was no sign of weakness, now, in the man that Judy had  dragged from the river.  He covered the

remaining distance to the  top  in a breath.  From among the bushes, a little way down the  mountainside, came

the sound of an angry voice mingled with Judy's  pleading cries. 

An instant more, and Brian reached the spot where poor Judy was  crouching on the ground, begging the

brute, who stood over her with  menacing fists, not to hit her again. 

The man was a viciouslooking creature, dressed in the rough garb  of the mountaineer; dirty and unkempt,

with evil, closeset eyes,  and  a scraggly beard that could not hide the wicked, snarling  mouth. 

He stood for a second looking at Brian, as if too surprised by the  latter's sudden appearance to move; then he

went down, felled by as  clean a knockout as was ever delivered by an Irish fist. 

"Are you hurt, Judy?" demanded Brian, as he lifted the girl to her  feet.  "Did he strike you?" 

"He was sure afixin' ter lick me somethin' awful when youall put  in," returned the poor girl, trembling with

fear.  "I know, 'cause  he's done hit to me heaps er times before.  He's my pap." 

"Your father!" exclaimed Brian. 

Judy nodded;then screamed:  "Look out!  He'll git you, sure!" 

Judy's rescuer whirled, to see the man on the ground drawing a gun.  A vigorous, welldirected kick,

delivered in the nick of time, sent  the gun whirling away into the bushes and rendered the native's  right  arm

useless. 

"Get up!" commanded Brian. 

The man rose to his feet, and stood nursing his damaged wrist and  scowling at Judy's companion. 

"Are you this girl's father?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES. 36



Top




Page No 39


"I reckon I am," came the sullen reply.  "I'm Jap Taylor, an' you  all are sure goin' to find that you can't come

between a man an'  his  lawful child in these here mountains, mister,if youall be  from the  city." 

"And you will find that you can't strike a crippled girl in my  presence, even if she is your daughtcr,in these

mountains or  anywhere else," retorted Brian.  "What are you trying to do with  her,  anyway?" 

"I aim ter take her back home with me, where she belongs." 

"Well, why didn't you go to the house for her like a man, instead  of jumping on her out here in the woods!" 

"Hit ain't none of your dad burned business as I can see," came the  sullen reply. 

"I am making it my business, just the same," returned Brian. 

He turned to the girl, who had drawn back a little behind him.  "Judy," he said, kindly, "I think perhaps you

better tell me about  this." 

"Pap, he was alayin' for me in the bresh 'cause he dassn't come to  the house ter git me," said the girl,

fearfully. 

"But, why does he fear to come to the house?" persisted Brian. 

"'Cause he done give me ter Auntie Sue." 

"Gave you to Auntie Sue?" repeated the puzzled Brian. 

Jap Taylor interrupted with, "I didn't sign ary paper, an'" 

"Shut up, you!" snapped Brian.  "Go on, Judy." 

"Hit was a year last cornplantin'," explained the girl.  "My maw,  she died.  He used ter whip her, too.  An'

Auntie Sue was there  helpin' weuns; an' Tom Warden an' some other folks they was there,  too; an' they done

fixed hit so that I was ter go an' live with  Auntie Sue; an' pap, he give me ter her.  He sure did, Mr. Burns,  an'

I ain't awantin' ter go with him, no more." 

The poor girl's shrill monotone broke, and her twisted body shook  with her sobs. 

"I didn't sign ary paper," repeated Judy's father, with sullen  stubbornness.  "An' what's more, I sure ain't

agoin' ter.  I 'lows  as how she'll just go home an' work for me, like she ort, 'stead of  livin' with that there

oldmaid schoolma'am.  I'm her paw, I am,  an'  I reckon I got rights." 

He started toward the girl, who drew closer to Brian, and begged  piteously:  "Don't let him tech me!  'Fore

God, Mr. Burns, he'll  kill  me, sure!" 

Brian drew the girl behind him as he faced the father with a brief,  "Get out!" 

The mountaineer hesitated. 

Brian went one step toward him:  "Do you hear?  Get out!  And if  you ever show your dirty face in this vicinity

again, I'll not  leave  a whole bone in your worthless carcass!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES. 37



Top




Page No 40


And Jap Taylor saw something in those Irish blue eyes that caused  him to start off down the mountain toward

the river below Elbow  Rock. 

When he had placed a safe distance between himself and the man who  appeared so willing and able to make

good his threat, Judy's father  turned, and, shaking his uninjured fist at Brian, delivered a  volley  of curses,

with:  "I'll sure git youall for this!  Jap  Taylor ain't  alettin' no man come between him an' his'n.  I'll fix  you,

an' I'll  fix that there schoolma'am, too!  She's nothin' but a  damned old" 

But Brian started toward him, and Jap Taylor beat a hasty retreat. 

"Never mind, Judy," said Brian, when the native had disappeared in  the brush and timber that covered the

steep mountainside.  "I'll  not  let him touch you.  Come, let us sit down and talk a little  until you  are yourself

again.  Auntie Sue must not see you like  this.  We don't  want to let her know anything about it.  You won't  tell

her, will  you?" 

"I ain't aimin' ter tell nobody," said Judy, between sobs.  "I sure  ain't awantin' ter make no trouble,not for

Auntie Sue, nohow.  She's been powerful good ter me." 

When they were seated on convenient rocks at the brink of the cliff  overlooking the river, Judy gradually

ceased crying, and presently  said, in her normal, querulous monotone:  "Did youall mind what  pap  'lowed

he'd do ter Auntie Sue, Mr. Burns?" 

"Yes, Judy; but don't worry, child.  He is not going to harm any  one while I am around." 

"Youall are aimin' ter stay then, be you?  I'm sure powerful  glad," said Judy, simply. 

Brian started.  A new factor had suddenly been injected into his  problem. 

"I was powerful scared youall was aimin' ter go away," continued  Judy.  "Hit was that I was ahuntin'

youall to tell you 'bout,  when  pap he ketched me." 

"What were you going to tell me, Judy?" 

"I 'lowed ter tell youall 'bout Auntie Sue.  She'd sure be  powerful mad if she know'd I'd said anythin' ter you,

but she's  aneedin' somebody like you ter help her, mighty bad.  Sheshe's  done lost a heap of money,

lately: hit was some she sent" 

Brian interrupted:  "Wait a minute, Judy.  You must not tell me  anything about Auntie Sue's private affairs;

you must not tell any  one.  Anything she wants me to know, she will tell me.  Do you  understand?" he finished

with a reassuring smile. 

"Yes, sir; I reckon youall are 'bout right, an' I won't tell  nobody nothin'.  But 'tain't agoin' ter hurt none ter

say as how  youall ort ter stay, I reckon." 

"And why do you think I ought to stay, Judy?" 

"'Cause of what Auntie Sue's done for youall,anursin' you when  you was plumb crazy an' plumb

dangerous from licker, an' a lyin'  like  she did ter the Sheriff an' that there deteckertive man,"  returned  Judy

stoutly; "an' 'cause she's so old an' is aneedin'  youall ter  help her; an' 'cause she is alovin' you like she

does,  an' is  awantin' youall ter stay so bad hit's mighty nigh amakin'  her plumb  sick." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES. 38



Top




Page No 41


Brian Kent did not answer.  The mountain girl's words had revealed  to him the selfishness of his own

consideration of his problem so  clearly that he was stunned.  Why had he not, in his thinking,  remembered the

dear old gentlewoman who had saved him from a  shameful  death? 

Judy went on:  "Hit looks ter me like somebody just naturally's got  ter take care of Auntie Sue, Mr. Burns.  All

her whole life she's  abeen takin' care of everybody just like she tuck me, an' just  like  she tuck youall,

besides a heap of other ways; an' now she's  so old  and mighty nigh plumb wore out, hit sure looks like hit

was  time  somebody was afixin' ter do somethin' for her.  That was what  I was  ahuntin' youall ter tell you

when pap ketched me, Mr.  Burns." 

"I am glad you told me, Judy;very glad.  You see, I was not  thinking of things in just that way." 

"I 'lowed maybe you mightn't.  Seems like folks mostly don't." 

"But it's all right, now!" Brian cried heartily.  "You have settled  it.  I'll stay.  We'll take care of Auntie

Sue,you and I, Judy.  Come on, now; let's go to the house, and tell her.  But we won't  say  anything about

your father, Judy;that would only make her  unhappy;  and we must never make Auntie Sue

unhappynever."  He was  as eager  and enthusiastic, now, as a schoolboy. 

"'Course," said Judy, solemnly; "'course you just naturally got ter  stay an' take care of her now, after what

pap's done said he'd do." 

"Yes, Judy; I've just naturally got to stay," returned Brian. 

Together they went down the steep cliff trail and to the little log  house by the river to announce Brian's

decision to Auntie Sue.  They  found the dear old lady in her favorite spot on the porch  overlooking  the river. 

"Why, of course you will stay," she returned, when Brian had told  her.  "The river brought you to me, and you

know, my dear boy, the  river is never wrong.  Oh, yes, I know there are crosscurrents and  crooked spots and

sandbars and rocks and lots of places where it  SEEMS to us to be wrong.  But, just the same, it all goes on,

all  the  time, toward the sea for which it starts when it first begins  at some  little spring away over there

somewhere in the mountains.  Of course  you will stay with me, Brian,until the river carries  you on again." 

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION.

From the very day of his decision, to which he had been so  unexpectedly helped by Judy, Brian Kent was

another man.  The  gloomy,  despondent, undecided spirit that was the successor of the  wretched  creature that

Judy had helped to Auntie Sue's that morning  was now  succeeded by a cheerful, hopeful, contented man, who

went  to his daily  task with a song, did his work with a smile and a  merry jest, and  returned, when the day was

done, with peace in his  heart and laughter  on his lips. 

As the days of the glorious Ozark autumn passed, Brian's healthful,  outdoor work on the timbered

mountainside brought to the man of  the  cities a physical grace and beauty he had lacked,the grace of

physical strength and the beauty of clean and rugged health.  The  bright autumn sun and the winds that swept

over the many miles of  treeclad hills browned his skin; while his work with the ax  developed his muscles

and enforced deep breathing of the bracing  mountain air, thus bringing a more generous supply of richer

blood,  which touched his now firmly rounded cheeks with color. 

The gift of humor and the faculty of quaint and witty  conversational  twists, with the genius of storytelling

that was his  from his Irish  mother, made quick friends for him of the mountain  neighbors who  welcomed this


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 39



Top




Page No 42


new pupil of their old schoolteacher with  whole  hearted pleasure, and quoted his jests and sayings

throughout  the  country with neverfailing delight.  And Judy,it is not too much  to say that Judy became his

most ardent admirer and devoted slave. 

But the dear old mistress of the little log house by the river  alone recognized that these outward changes in

the human wreck that  the river had brought to her were but manifestations of a more  potent  transformation

that was taking place in the man's inner  life; and it  was this inner change that filled the teacher's loving  heart

with joy,  and which she watched with keen and delighted  interest. 

It was not, after all, a new life that was coming to this man,  Auntie Sue told herself; it was his own old and

more real life that  was reassuring itself.  It was the real Brian Kent that had been  sojourning in a far country

that was now coming home to his own.  It  was the wealth of his heart and mind and soul which had been

deepburied under an accumulation of circumstances and environment  that was now being brought to the

surface. 

Might it not be that Auntie Sue's genius for absorbing beauty and  making truth her own had, in her many

years of searching for truth  and beauty in whatever humanity she encountered, developed in her a  peculiar

sensitiveness?  And was it not this that had made her feel  instinctively the real nature of the man in whom a

less discerning  observer would have recognized nothing worthy of admiration or  regard?  Without question, it

was the true,the essential,the  underlying,elements in the character of the absconding bank clerk  that

had aroused in this remarkable old gentlewoman the peculiar  sense of kinshipof possessionthat had

determined her attitude  toward the stranger.  The law that like calls to like is not less  applicable to things

spiritual than to things material.  The birds  of  a feather that always flock together are not of necessity  material

birds of material feathers. 

Nor was Brian Kent himself unconscious of his ReCreation.  The man  knew what he was, as every man

knows deep within himself the real  self that is.  And that was the horror of the situation which had  set  him

adrift on the river that night when, in his last drunken  despairing frenzy, he had left the world with a curse in

his heart  and had faced the black unknown with reckless laughter and a  profane  toast.  It is to be doubted if

there can be a hell of  greater torment  than that experienced by one who, endowed by nature  with a capacity

for great living, is betrayed by the very strength  of his genius into  a situation that is intolerable of his real

self, and is forced, thus,  to a continuous selfcrucifixion and  death. 

In his new environment the man felt the awakening of this self  which he had mourned as dead.  Thoughts,

emotions, dreams,  aspirations, which had, as he believed, been killed, he found were  not dead, but only

sleeping; and in the quickening of their  vitality  and strength he knew a joy as great as had been his  despair. 

The beauty of nature, that had lost its power of appeal to his  sodden soul, now stirred him to the very depth of

his being.  The  crisp, sunsweet air of the autumn mornings, when he went forth  with  his ax to the day's clean

labor, was a draught of potent magic  that  set every nerve of him tingling with delight.  The woodland  hillside,

where he worked, was a wonderland of beautiful creations  that inspired  a thousand glowing fancies.

Sometimes, at his heavy  task, he would  pause for a moment's rest, and so would look out and  away over the

vast expanse of country that from his feet stretched  in all its charm  of winding river and wooded slopes, and

tree  fringed ridges to the  far, blue skyline; and the very soul of him  would answer to the call  as he had

thought he never could answer  again.  The very clouds that  drifted past on their courses to  unseen ports

beyond the hills were  freighted with meaning for him  now.  The winds that came laden with  the subtly

blended perfume of  ten thousand varieties of trees and  grasses and shrubs and flowers  whispered words of

life which he now  could hear.  The loveliness of  the glowing morning skies, as he saw  them when he rose for

the  day's work, and the glories of the sunsets,  as he watched them with  Auntie Sue from the porch when the

day's task  was accomplished,  filled him with an exquisite gladness which he had  never hoped to  know again. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 40



Top




Page No 43


Most of all, did the river speak to him; not, indeed, as it had  spoken that dreadful night, when, from the

window of his darkened  room, he had listened to its call: the river spoke, now, in the  full  day as his eye

followed its winding length through the hills  in all  its varied beauty of sunshine and shadow;of gleaming

silver and  living green and russetbrown.  It talked to him in the  evening when  the waters gave back the

glories of the sky and the  deepening twilight  wrapped the world in its dusky veil of mystery.  It spoke to him

in the  soft darkness of the night, as it swept on  its way under the stars, or  in the light of the golden moon.

And,  in time, some of these things  which the river said to him, he, in  turn, told to Auntie Sue. 

And Auntie Sue, delighted with the man's awakening self, and  charmed with his power of thought and his gift

of expression, led  him  on.  With artful suggestion and skilful question and subtle  argument,  she stimulated his

mind and fancy to lay hold of the  truths and  beauties that life and nature offered.  But ever the  rare old

gentlewoman was his teacher, revealing himself to himself;  guiding him  to a fuller discovery and knowledge

of his own life and  its meaning,  which, indeed, is the true aim and end of all right  teaching. 

So the days of the autumn passed.  The hills changed their robes of  varied green for costumes of brown and

gold, with touches here and  there of flaming scarlet and brilliant yellow.  And then winter was  at hand, and

that momentous evening came when Auntie Sue said to  her  pupil, after an hour of most interesting talk,

"Brian, why in  the  world don't you write a book?" 

"'A book'!" exclaimed Brian, in a startled tone. 

Judy laughed.  "He sure ought ter.  Lord knows he talks like one." 

"I am in earnest, Brian," said Auntie Sue, her lovely old eyes  shining with enthusiasm and her gentle voice

trembling with  excitement.  "I have been thinking about it for a long time, now,  and, tonight, I just can't keep

it to myself any longer.  Why  don't  you give to the world some of the thoughts you have been  wasting on  Judy

and me?" 

"Hit's sure been awastin' of 'em on me," agreed Judy.  "'Fore God,  I don't sense what he's atalkin' 'bout,

more'n half the time." 

Brian laughed.  "Judy is prophetic, Auntie Sue.  She voices  perfectly the sentiment of the world toward any

book I might  write." 

Auntie Sue detected a note of bitterness underlying the laughing  comment, and wondered. 

Judy spoke again as she arose to retire to her room for the night:  "I reckon as how there's a right smart of

things youuns talk that'd  be mighty fine if a body only had the learnin' ter sense 'em.  An'  there must be heaps

of folks where youuns come from what would know  Mr. Burns's meaning if he was to write hit all out plain.

Everybody  ain't like me.  Hit's sure a God'sblessin' they ain't,  too." 

"And there, Brian, dear, is your answer," said Auntie Sue, as Judy  left the room.  "Any book has meaning only

for those who have the  peculiar sympathy and understanding needed to interpret it.  A book  that means

nothing to one may be rich in meaning for another.  Every  writer writes for his own peculiar readers, just as

every  individual  has his own peculiar friends." 

"Or enemies," said Brian. 

"Or enemies," agreed Auntie Sue. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 41



Top




Page No 44


Brian went to the window, and stood for some time, looking out into  the night.  Then turning, with a nervous

gesture, he paced uneasily  up and down the room; while Auntie Sue watched him in silence with  an

expression of loving concern on her dear old face. 

At last, she spoke:  "Why, Brian, what is the matter?  What have I  said?  I did not mean to upset you like this.

Come, sit down here,  and tell me about it.  What is it troubles you so?" 

With a short laugh, Brian came and stood before her.  "I suppose it  had to come sooner or later, Auntie Sue.  I

have been trying for  days  to muster up courage enough to tell you about it.  You have  touched  the one biggest

thing in my life." 

"Why, what do you mean, Brian?" 

"I mean just what we have been talking about,writing," answered  Brian. 

"Oh!" she cried, with quick and delighted triumph.  "Then I AM  right.  You have been thinking about it, too." 

"Thinking about it!" he echoed, and in his voice she felt the  nervous intensity of his mood.  "I have thought of

nothing else.  All  day long when I am at work, I am writing, writing, writing.  It  is the  last thing on my mind

when I go to sleep.  I dream about it  all night.  And, it is the first thing I think about in the  morning." 

Auntie Sue clasped her hands to her heart with an exclamation of  joyous interest. 

Brian, with a quiet smile at her enthusiasm, went on:  "I know  exactly what I want to say, and why I want to

say it.  There is a  world of people, Auntie Sue, whose lives have been broken and  spoiled  by one thing or

another, and who have more or less cut  themselves  loose from everything, and are just drifting, they don't

care a hang  where, because they think they have failed so  completely that there is  nothing more in life for

them.  People  like me,I don't mean thieves  and criminals necessarily,who have  had that which they

know to be  the best and biggest and truest part  of themselves tortured and warped  and twisted and denied and

smashed and beaten and betrayed and killed;  and who, because they  feel that their real selves are dead within

them, don't care what  happens to that part which is left." 

He was walking the floor again now, and speaking with a depth of  feeling which he had never before

revealed to his gentle companion. 

"It is not so much the love of wrongdoing that makes people turn  bad,"he continued,"it is having their

real selves misunderstood  and doubted and smothered and their realest loves and dreams and  aspirations

never recognized, or else distorted and twisted and  made  to appear as something they hate.  I want to make the

people  and  there are many thousands of themwho are suffering in the  living hell  that tormented me, feel

that I know and understand.  And then, Auntie  Sue, then I want to tell them about you and your  river. 

"I would teach them the things you have taught me.  I would say to  every one that I could persuade to listen:

'It doesn't in the  least  matter what your experience is, the old river is still going  on to the  sea.  No matter if

every woman you ever knew has proved  untrue,  virtuous womanhood still IS.  No matter if every man you

ever knew has  proved false, true manhood still IS.  If every friend  you ever had has  betrayed your friendship,

loyal friendship still  IS.  If you have  found nothing in your experience but dishonesty  and falsehood and

infidelity and hypocrisy, it is only because you  have been unfortunate  in your experience; because honesty

and  fidelity and sincerity are  existing FACTS.  They are the very  foundation facts of life, and can  no more fail

life than the river  can fail to reach the sea. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 42



Top




Page No 45


"'Your little individual experience, my little individual  experience,what are they?  They are nothing more

than the tiny  bubbles, swirls, ripples, and breaks on the surface of the great  volume of water that flows so

inevitably onward.  The bit of foam,  the tiny wave caused by twig or branch or blade of watergrass, or  the

great rocks and cliffs that make the roaring whirlpools and  rapids,do they stay the waters, or turn the river

back on its  course, or in any way prevent its onward flow?  No more can the  twigs  of circumstances, or the

boughs of environment, or the  grasses of  accident that make the tiny waves of our individual

experiences,or  even the great rocks and cliffs of national or  racial import,such as  wars, and pestilence,

and famine,finally  check or stay the river of  life in its onward flow toward the sea  of its final and infinite

meaning.'" 

He went again to the window, and stood looking out into the night  as though listening to the voices. 

"Why, Auntie Sue," he said, turning back to the old gentlewoman,  and his face was radiant with the

earnestness of this thought,  "Auntie Sue, there are as many currents in our river out there as  there are

human lives.  A comparatively few great main or dominant  currents in the river flowa comparatively few

great dominant  currents in the river flow of life.  But if you look closer, you  will  see that in each one of those

established principal currents  there are  countless thousandsmillionsof tiny currents all  turning and

twisting across, and back, and up, and down in every  direction,weaving themselves together,pulling

themselves  apart,crisscrossing, clashing,interlacing,tangled and  confused,and these are the

individual lives.  And no matter what  the conflict or confusion; no matter what direction they take for  the

moment, they all, ALL, go to make up the river;they, all  together,  ARE the river,and they all together

move onward,  ceaselessly,  inevitably, irresistibly." 

He paused to stand smiling down at her, as she sat there in her low  chair beside the table with the lamplight

on her silvery hair,  there in the little log house by the river. 

"That is what you have made your river mean to me, Auntie Sue; and  that is what I would give to the world." 

With trembling hands, the gentle old teacher reached for her  handkerchief, which lay in the sewingbasket on

the table beside  her.  Smilingly, she wiped away the tears that filled her eyes.  Lovingly,  she looked up at

him,standing so tall and strong before  her, with  his reddish hair tumbled and tossed, and his Irish blue  eyes

lighted  with the fire of his inspiration. 

"Well," she said, at last, "why don't you do it, Brian?" 

As a breath of air puts out the light of a candle, so the light  went from Brian Kent's face.  Dropping into his

chair, he answered  hopelessly, "Because I am afraid." 

"Afraid?" echoed Auntie Sue, troubled and amazed.  "What in the  world are you afraid of, Brian?" 

And the bitter, bitter answer came, "I am afraid of another  failure." 

Auntie Sue's quick mind caught the significance of his words.  "ANOTHER failure, Brian?  Then you,then

you have written before?" 

"Yes," he returned.  And not since his decision to remain with her  had she seen him so despondent.  "To write

was the dream and the  passion of my life.  I tried and tried.  God, how I worked and  slaved  at it!  The only

result from my efforts was the hell from  which you  dragged me." 

Alter a little silence, Auntie Sue said gently:  "I don't think I  understand, Brian.  You have never told me about

your trouble, you  know." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XI. RECREATION. 43



Top




Page No 46


"It is an old, old story," he returned.  "I am only one of  thousands.  My wretched experience is not at all

uncommon." 

"I know," she answered.  "But don't you think that perhaps you had  better tell me?  Perhaps, in the mere telling

of it to me, now that  it is all over, you may find the real reason forfor what happened  to you." 

Wise Auntie Sue!wise in that rarest of all wisdom,the  sympathetic understanding of human hearts and

souls. 

"You know about my earlier life," he began; "how, in my boyhood,  after mother's death, I worked at anything

I could do to keep  myself  alive, and how I managed to gain a little schooling.  I was  always  dreaming of

writing, even then.  I took the business course  in a  nightschool, not because I liked it, but because I thought it

would  help me to earn a living in a way that would give me more  time for  what I really wanted to do.  And

after I finished school,  and had  finally worked up to a good position in that bank, I did  have more  time for my

writing.  But,"he hesitated"Iwell,  other interests  had come into my life,and" 

Auntie Sue said, softly, "She did not understand, Brian." 

"No, she did not understand," he continued, accepting Auntie Sue's  interpretation without comment.  "And

when my writing brought no  money, because no publisher would accept my stuff, and the  conditions  under

which I wrote became intolerable because of  misunderstanding and  opposition and disbelief in my ability and

charges of neglect,  IIstole money from my employers to gain  temporary relief until my  writing should

amount to something.  You  see, I could not help  believing that I would succeed, in time.  I  suppose all

dreamers have  more or less confidence in their dreams:  they must, you know, or their  dreams would never be

realized.  I  always expected to pay back the  money I took with the money I would  earn by my pen.  But I

failed to  earn anything, you see; and then  then the inevitable happened, and  the river brought me to you." 

"But, my dear boy!" cried Auntie Sue, "all this that you have told  me is no reason why you should fear to

write now.  Indeed, it is a  very good reason why you should not fear." 

He looked at her questioningly, and she continued:  "You have given  every reason in the world why you

failed.  Your whole life was out  of  tune.  How could you expect to produce anything worthy from such  a

jangling discord?  You should have been afraid, indeed, to write  THEN.  But, NOW,now, Brian, you are

ready.  You are a long, long  way down  the river from the place of your failures.  The disturbing,  distracting

things are past,just as in the quiet reach of the  river  below Elbow Rock the turmoil of the rapids is past.

You say  that you  know exactly what you want to write, and why you want to  write itand  you do

knowand because you know, because you have  suffered,because you have learned,because you

can do this thing  for others,it is yours to do, and so you must do it.  What you  really mean when you say

you are 'afraid to write' is, that you are  AFRAID NOT TO," she finished with a little laugh of satisfaction. 

And Brian Kent, as he watched her glowing face and felt the  sincerity and confidence that vibrated in her

voice, was thrilled  with a new courage.  The fires of his inspiration shone again in  his  eyes, as he answered,

with deep conviction, "Auntie Sue, I  believe you  are right.  What a woman you are!" 

CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE.

So Brian wrote his book that winter. 

When the days were fair, he worked with his ax on the mountain  side.  But his notebook was ever at hand,

and many a thought that  went down on the pages of his manuscript was born while he wrought  with his hands


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE. 44



Top




Page No 47


in the wholesome labor which gave strength to his  body  and clearness to his brain.  In the evenings, he wrote

in the  little  log house by the river, with Auntie Sue sitting in her chair  beside  the table,the lamplight on

her silvery hair, and her  sewingbasket  within reach of her hand,engaged with some bit of  needlework, a

book, or perhaps with one of her famous letters to  some other pupil,  far away.  The stormy days gave him

many hours  with his pen, and so  the book grew. 

And always as the man endeavored to shape his thoughts for the  printed pages that would carry his message

to the doubting,  disconsolate, and fearful world that he knew so well, he heard in  his  heart the voices of the

river.  From the hillside where he  worked in  the timber he could see the stream winding through the  snowy

hills  like a dark line carelessly drawn with many a crook and  curve and  break on the sheet of white.  From the

porch he saw the  quiet Bend a  belt of shining ice and snow, save for a narrow line  in the centre,  which

marked the course of the strongest currents;  while the waters of  the rapids crashed black and dreadful against

the Elbow Rock cliff,  which stood gaunt and grim amid the  surrounding whiteness; and in the  deathlike hush

of the winter  twilight, the roar of the turmoil sounded  with persistent menace.  And all that the river said to

him he put  down,so far as it was  given him to do. 

And that which Brian Kent wrote was good.  He knew itin his  deepest, truest self he knew.  And Auntie Sue

knew it; for, of  course, he read to her from his manuscript as the book grew under  his  hand.  Even Judy caught

much of his story's meaning, and  marvelled at  herself because she, too, could understand. 

So the spring came, and the first writing of the book was nearly  finished. 

And now the question arose:  What would they do about the final  preparation of the manuscript for the

printers?  Brian explained  that  he should have a typewritten copy of his script, which he  would work  over,

correct, and revise, and from which perfected copy  the final  manuscript would be typewritten.  But neither

Auntie Sue  nor Brian  would consider his finishing the book anywhere but in the  little log  house by the river;

even if there had been no other  reason why Brian  should not go to the city, if it could be avoided. 

"There is only one thing to do,"said Auntie Sue, at last, when  the matter had been discussed several

times,"we must send for  Betty  Jo.  She has been studying stenography in a business college  in  Cincinnati,

and, in her latest letter to me, she wrote that she  would  finish in April.  I'll just write her to come right here,

and  bring  her typewriter along.  She will need a vacation, and she can  have it  and do your work at the same

time.  Besides, I need to see  Betty Jo.  She hasn't been to visit me since before Judy came." 

Brian thought that Auntie Sue seemed a little nervous and excited  as she spoke, but he attributed it to her

combined interest in the  book and in the proposed typist.  The man could not know the real  cause of his gentle

old companion's agitation, nor with what  anxiety  she had considered the matter for many days before she

announced her  plan.  The fact was that Auntie Sue was taking a big  chance, and she  realized it fully.  But she

could find no other way  to secure the  services of a competent stenographer for Brian, and,  as Brian must  have

a competent stenographer in order to finish his  book properly,  she had decided to accept the risk. 

"That sounds all right, Auntie Sue," returned Brian.  "But who,  pray tell, is Betty Jo?" 

"Betty Jo is,"Auntie Sue paused and laughed with a suggestion of  embarrassed confusion,"Betty Jo

isjust Betty Jo, Brian," she  finished. 

Brian laughed now.  "Fine, Auntie Sue!  That describes her  exactly,tells me her life's history and gives me a

detailed  account  of her family,ancestors and all." 

"It describes her with more accuracy than you think," retorted  Auntie Sue, smiling in return at his teasing

manner. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE. 45



Top




Page No 48


"I reckon as how she's got more of er name than that, ain't she?"  said Judy, who was a silent, but intensely

interested, listener.  "I've allus took notice that folks with funny names'll stand a  right  smart of watchin'." 

Brian and Auntie Sue laughed together at this, but the old lady  said, with a show of spirit:  "Judy!  You know

nothing about it!  You  never even saw Betty Jo!  You shouldn't say such things,  child." 

"Might as well say 'em as ter think 'em, I reckon," Judy returned,  her beadyblack eyes stealthily watching

Brian. 

"What is your Betty Jo's real name, Auntie Sue?" asked Brian,  curiously. 

Again Auntie Sue seemed to hesitate; then"Her name is Miss Betty  Jo Williams," and as she spoke the old

teacher looked straight at  Brian. 

"A perfectly good name," Brian returned; "but I never heard of her  before." 

Judy's black eyes, with their stealthy, oblique look, were now  watchfully fixed on Auntie Sue. 

"She is the orphanniece of one of my old pupils," Auntie Sue  continued.  "I have known her since she was a

baby.  When she  finished her education in the seminary, and had travelled abroad  for  a few months, she

decided all at once that she wanted a course  in a  business college, which was just what any one knowing her

would expect  her to do." 

"Sounds steady and reliable," commented Brian.  "But will she  come?" 

"Yes, indeed, she will, and be tickled to death over the job,"  returned Auntie Sue.  "I'll write her at once." 

While Auntie Sue was preparing to write her letter, Judy muttered,  in a tone which only Brian heard:  "Just the

same, 'tain't no name  for a common gal ter have; hit sure ain't.  There's somethin' dad  burned queer 'bout hit

somewhere." 

"Nonsense! Judy," said Brian in a low voice; "don't worry Auntie  Sue." 

"I ain't aimin' ter worry her none," returned the mountain girl;  "but I'll bet youall a pretty that this here gal'll

worry both of  youuns 'fore you are through with her;me, too, I reckon." 

For some reason, Auntie Sue's letter to Betty Jo seemed to be  rather long.  In fact, she spent the entire evening

at it; which  led  Judy to remark that "hit sure looked like Auntie Sue was aimin'  ter  write a book herself." 

A neighbor who went to Thompsonville the following day with a load  of hogs for shipment, posted the letter.

And, in due time, another  neighbor brought the answer.  Betty Jo would come. 

It was the day following the evening when Brian wrote the last page  of his book that another letter came to

Auntie Sue,a letter  which,  for the second time, very nearly wrecked Brian Kent's world. 

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE.

Brian was working in the garden.  It was early in the afternoon,  and the man, as he worked in the freshly

ploughed ground, was  rejoicing at the completion of his book. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 46



Top




Page No 49


Straightening up from his labor, he drew a deep breath of the  fragrant air.  About him on every side, and far

away into the blue  distance, the world was dressed in the gala dress of the season.  The  river, which at the

breaking of the winter had been a yellow  flood  that washed the top of the bank in front of the house and

covered the  bottomlands on the opposite side, was again its normal  self, and its  voice to him, now, was a

singing voice of triumphal  gladness. 

For Brian, too, the world was new, and fresh, and beautiful.  The  world of his winter was gone.  He had found

himself in his work,  and  in the glorious consciousness of the fact he felt like shouting  with  sheer joy of living. 

"And Auntie Sue, dear Auntie Sue," he thought, looking with love in  his eyes toward the house, how

wonderful she had been in her  helpful  understanding and neverfailing faith in him.  After all,  it was  Auntie

Sue's triumph more than it was his. 

His happy musing was interrupted by a neighbor who, on his way home  from Thompsonville, stopped at the

garden fence with the letter for  Auntie Sue. 

Brian took the letter with a jest which brought a roar of laughter  from the mountaineer, and, when the latter

had gone on his way up  the  hill, started toward the house to find Auntie Sue. 

Glancing at the envelope in his hand, Brian noticed the postmark  "Buenos Aires."  He stopped suddenly,

staring dumbly at the words  in  the circular mark and at the name written on the envelope.  Over  and  over, he

read "Buenos Aires,Miss Susan Wakefield; Buenos  Aires,Miss Susan Wakefield."  Something  His

brain seemed to be  numb.  His hands trembled.  He looked about at the familiar  surroundings, and everything

seemed suddenly strange and unreal to  him.  He looked again at the letter in his hand, turning it  curiously.  A

strange feeling of oppression and ominous foreboding  possessed him as though the bright spring sky were all

at once  overcast with heavy and menacing stormclouds.  What was it?  "Buenos  Aires,Susan Wakefield?"

Where had he seen that  combination before?  What was it that made the name of the Argentine  city in

connection  with Auntie Sue's name seem so familiar?  Slowly,  he went on to the  house, and, finding Auntie

Sue, gave her the  letter. 

"Oh!" cried the old lady, as she saw the postmark on the envelope.  "It must be from brother John.  It is not

John's writing, though,"  she added, as she opened the envelope. 

And at her words the feeling of impending disaster so oppressed  Brian Kent that only by an effort could he

control himself.  He was  possessed of the strange sensation of having at some time in the  past  lived the

identical experience through which he was at that  moment  passing.  "Susan Wakefield;a brother John in

Buenos Aires,  Argentine;the letter!"  It was all so familiar that the allusion  was startling in its force.  But

that ominous cloud,that sense of  some great trouble near that filled him with such unaccountable

dreadwhat could it mean? 

An exclamation from Auntie Sue drew his attention.  She looked at  him with tearfilled eyes, and her sweet

voice broke as she said:  "Brian!  Brian!  John is dead!  Thisthis letter is from the  doctor  who attended him." 

Tenderly, as he would have helped his own mother, Brian assisted  Auntie Sue to her room.  For a little while

he sat with her, trying  to comfort her with such poor words as he could find. 

Briefly, she told him of the brother who had lived in Argentine for  many years.  He had married a

SouthAmerican woman whom Auntie Sue  had never seen, and while not wealthy had been moderately

prosperous.  But he had never forgotten his sister who was so alone  in the world.  "Several times, when he

could, he sent me money for  my savingsbank  account," she finished simply, her sweet old voice  low and

tender with  the memories of the years that were gone. "John  and I were always very  fond of each other.  He


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 47



Top




Page No 50


was a good man,  Brian." 

Brian Kent sat like a man stricken dumb.  Auntie Sue's words, "he  sent me money for my savingsbank

account," had made the connection  between the names "Buenos Aires, Argentine; John Wakefield; Susan

Wakefield," and the thing for which his mind had been groping with  such a sense of impending disaster. 

In her grief over the death of her brother, and in her memories of  their home years so long past, dear old

Auntie Sue had forgotten  the  peculiar meaning her words might have for the former clerk of  the  Empire

Consolidated Savings Bank who sat beside her, and to  whom she  turned in her sorrow as a mother to a dearly

beloved son. 

"But it is all right, Brian, dear," she said with brave  cheerfulness.  "When one has watched the sunsets for

seventy years, one  ceases to  fear the coming of the night, for always there is the  morning.  Just  let me rest here

alone for a little while, and I will  be myself  again." 

She looked up at him with a smile, and Brian Kent, kneeling beside  the bed, bowed his head and caught the

dear old hands to his lips.  Without trusting himself to speak again, the man left the room,  closing the door. 

He moved about the apartment as one in a dream.  With a vividness  that was torture, he lived again that hour

in the bank when,  opening  the afternoon mail, he had found the letter from Susan  Wakefield with  the

Argentine notes, which her letter said she had  received from her  brother John in Buenos Aires, and which she

was  sending to the bank  for deposit to her little account.  It had been  a very unbusinesslike  letter and a very

unbusinesslike way to  transmit money.  It was,  indeed, this nature of the transaction  that had tempted the

hardpressed clerk. 

Mechanically, Brian stopped at his writingtable to finger the  manuscript which he had finished the evening

before.  Was it only  the  evening before?  Taking up the volume of closely written sheets  which  were bound

together by a shoestring that Auntie Sue had  laughingly  found for him, when he had so joyously announced

the  completion of the  last page of his book, he turned the leaves  idly,reading here and  there a sentence

with curious interest.  The terrific mental strain of  his situation completely divorced  him, as it were, from the

life which  he had lived during those  happy months just past, and which was so  fully represented by his  work. 

Again the river, swinging around a sudden turn in its course, had  come upon a passage where its peaceful

flow was broken by the wild  turmoil of the troubled waters. 

"And Auntie Sue,"something within the man's self was saying,  "dear Auntie Sue, who had saved him,

not only from death, but from  the hell of the life that he had formerly lived, as well; and whose  loving

companionship and sympathetic understanding had so inspired  and strengthened him in the work which had

been the passionate  desire  of his heart;the gentle old teacher whose life had been so  completely given to

others, and who, in the helplessness of her  last  years, was so alone,Auntie Sue was depending upon that

money  which  her brother had sent her as the only support of the closing  days of  her life.  Auntie Sue believed

that her money was safe in  the bank.  That belief was to her a daily comfort.  Auntie Sue did  not know that  she

was almost penniless;that the man whom she had  saved with such a  wondrous salvation had robbed her,

and left her  so shamefully without  means for the necessities of life.  Auntie  Sue did not know.  But she  would

know,"that inner voice went on.  "The time would come when she  would learn the truth.  It was  certain to

come.  It might come any  day.  Thenthen" 

As one moving without conscious purpose, Brian Kent went from the  house,the manuscript in his hand. 

Judy was sitting idly on the porch steps.  At sight of the mountain  girl the man knew all at once that there was

one thing he must do.  He  must make sure that there was no mistake.  He was already sure,  of  course; but still,


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 48



Top




Page No 51


as a condemned man at the scaffold hopes  against  hope for a stay of sentence, so he caught at the shadowy

suggestion of  a possibility. 

"Come with me, Judy," he said, forcing himself to speak coolly; "I  want to talk with you." 

Judy arose, and, looking at him in her stealthy, oblique way, said,  in her drawling monotone:  "What's

happened ter Auntie Sue?  Was  there somethin' in that there letter Bud Jackson give youall for  her  what's

upset her?" 

"Auntie Sue's brother is dead, Judy," Brian answered.  "She wishes  to be alone, and we must not disturb her.

She will be all right in  a  little while.  Come, let us walk down toward the bluff." 

When they had reached a spot on the riverbank a short distance  above the Elbow Rock cliff, Brian said to

his companion:  "Judy, I  want you to tell me something.  Did Auntie Sue ever send money in a  letter to the

Empire Consolidated Savings Bank, in Chicago?" 

"The black, beady eyes shifted evasively, and the mountain girl  turned her sallow, oldyoung face away from

Brian's direct gaze. 

"Look at me, Judy." 

She sent a stealthy, oblique glance in his direction. 

"You must tell me." 

"I done started ter tell youall onct,that time pap ketched me,  an' youall 'lowed as how I oughten ter

tell nothin' 'bout Auntie  Sue  to nobody." 

"But it is different now, Judy," returned Brian.  "Something has  happened that makes it necessary for me to

know." 

"Meanin' that there letter 'bout her brother bein' dead?" asked  Judy, shrewdly. 

"Yes." 

"What youall got ter know for?" 

"Because"  Brian could not finish. 

Judy's beady eyes were watching him intently, now.  "Hit looks like  youall ain't aneedin' me ter tell youall

anythin'," she observed  dryly. 

"Then Auntie Sue did send money?" 

"She sure did.  I seed her fix hit in the letter, myself," came the  answer. 

"What kind of money?" 

"I dunno,some funny kind hit was,what her brother done sent her  from some funny place, I dunno just

where." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 49



Top




Page No 52


"When did she send it?" 

"'Bout a month 'fore you come." 

"Andand did any letter ever come from the bank to tell her that  the money was received by them all right?" 

The mountain girl did not answer, but again turned her face away. 

"Tell me," Brian insisted.  "IImust know, Judy," and his voice  was harsh and broken with emotion. 

The answer came reluctantly:  "I reckon youall knows where that  there money went ter." 

The girl's answer sent a new thought like a hot iron into Brian  Kent's tortured brain.  He caught Judy's arm in

quick and fearful  excitement.  "Judy!" he gasped, imploringly, "Judy, do you? does  Auntie Sue know?

does she know that I?" 

"How could she help knowin'?  She ain't no fool.  An' I done heard  that there Sheriff an' the deteckertive man

tellin' her 'bout you  an'  the bank.  An' the Sheriff, he done give her a paper what he  said told  all 'bout what

youall done, an' she must er burned the  paper, or done  somethin' with hit, 'cause I couldn't never find hit

after that night.  An' what would she do that for?  And what for  did she make me promise  not ter ever say

nothin' ter youall 'bout  that there money letter?  An' why ain't she said nothin' to you  'bout the letter from the

bank  not comin', if she didn't know hit  was you 'stead of them what done  got the money?" 

The girl paused for a moment, and then went on in a tone of  reverent wonder:  "An' to think that all the time

she could a  turned  youall over to that there Sheriff an' got the moneyreward  to pay her  back what youall

done tuck." 

Brian Kent was as one who had received a mortal hurt.  His features  were distorted with suffering.  With eyes

that could not see, he  looked down at the manuscript to which he still unconsciously  clung;  and, again, he

fingered the pages of his work as though some  blind  instinct were sending his tormented soul to seek relief in

the message  which, during the happy months just past, he had  written for others. 

And the deformed mountain girl, who stood before him with twisted  body and oldyoung face, grew fearful

as she watched the suffering  of  this man whom she had come to look upon as a superior being from  some

world which she, in her ignorance, could never know. 

"Mr. Burns," she said at last, putting out her hand and plucking at  his sleeve, "Mr. Burns, youall ain't got no

call ter be like this.  Youall ain't plumb bad.  I knows you ain't, 'count of the way you  all have been ter me

an' 'cause you kept pap from hurtin' me, an'  'cause you are takin' care of Auntie Sue like you're doin'.  Hit  ain't

no matter 'bout the money, now, 'cause youall kin take care  of  her allus." 

Brian looked up from the manuscript in his hand, and stared dumbly  at the girl, as if he failed to hear her

clearly. 

"An' just think 'bout your book," Judy continued pleadingly.  "Think 'bout all them fine things youall have

done wrote down for  everybody ter read,'bout the river allus agoin' on just the  same,  no matter what

happens, an' 'bout Auntie Sue an'" 

She stopped, and drew away from him, frightened at the look that  came into the man's face. 

"Don't, Mr. Burns!  Don't!" she halfscreamed.  "'Fore God, youall  oughten ter look like that!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 50



Top




Page No 53


The man threw up his head, and laughed,laughed as the wild,  reckless and lost Brian Kent had laughed that

black night when, in  the drifting boat, he had cursed the life he was leaving and had  drunk his profane toast to

the darkness into which he was being  carried. 

Raising the manuscript, which represented all that the past months  of his recreated life had meant to him,

and grasping it in both  hands, he shook it contemptuously, as he said, with indescribable  bitterness and the

reckless surrendering of every hope:  "'All them  fine things that I have wrote down for everybody ter read.'"

He  mimicked her voice with a sneer, and laughed again.  Then:  "It's  all  a lie, Judy, dear;a damned lie.

Auntie Sue is a saint, and  believes  it.  She made me believe it for a little while,her  beautiful,  impossible

dreamphilosophy of the river.  The river,  hell!the  river is as treacherous and cruel and false and tricky

and crooked as  life itself!  And I am as warped and twisted in mind  and soul as you  are in body, Judy, dear.

Neither of us can help  it.  We were made  that way by the river.  To hell with the whole  impossible mess of

things!"  With a gesture of violent rage, he  turned toward the river,  and, taking a step forward, lifted the

manuscript high above his head. 

Judy screamed, "Mr. Burns, don't!" 

He paused an instant, and, turning his head, looked at her with  another laugh. 

"'Fore God, you dassn't do that!" she implored. 

And then, as the man turned his face from her, and his arms went  back above his head for the swing that

would send the manuscript  far  out into the tumbling waters of the rapids, she leaped toward  him,  and,

catching his arm, hampered his movement so that the book  fell a  few feet from the shore, where the water,

checked a little  in its  onward rush to the cliff by the irregular bank, boiled and  eddied  among the rocky ledges

and huge boulders that retarded its  force.  Another leap carried the mountain girl to the edge of the  bank,

where  she crouched like a runner ready for the report of the  starter's  pistol, her black, beady eyes searching

the stream for  the volume of  manuscript, which had disappeared from sight, drawn  down by the  troubled

swirling currents. 

The man, watching her, laughed in derision; but, while his mocking  laughter was still on his lips, the boiling

currents brought the  book, again, to the surface, and Brian saw the girl leave the bank  as  if thrown by a

powerful spring.  Straight and true she dived for  the  book, and even as she disappeared beneath the surface her

hands  clutched the manuscript. 

For a second, Brian Kent held his place as if paralyzed with  horror.  Then, as Judy's head appeared farther

down the stream, he  ran with all his strength along the bank to gain a point a little  ahead of the swimming girl

before he should leap to her rescue. 

But Judy, trained from her birth on that mountain river, knew  better than Brian what to do.  A short distance

below the point  where  she had plunged into the stream, a huge boulder, some two or  three  feet from the

shore, caused a split in the current, one fork  of which  set in toward the bank.  Swimming desperately, the girl

gained the  advantage of this current, and, just as Brian reached  the spot, she  was swept against the bank,

where, with her free  hand, she caught and  held fast to a projecting root.  Had she been  carried past that point,

nothing could have saved her from being  swept on into the wild turmoil  of the waters at Elbow Rock. 

It was the work of a moment for Brian to throw himself flat on the  ground at the edge of the bank and,

reaching down, to grasp the  girl's wrist.  Another moment, and she was safe beside him, his  manuscript still

tightly held under one arm. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE. 51



Top




Page No 54


Not realizing, in his excitement, what he was doing, Brian shook  the girl, saying angrily:  "What in the world

do you mean, taking  such a crazyfool chance as that!" 

She broke away from him with:  "Well, what'd youall go an' do such  a dad burned fool thing for?  Hit's

youall what's crazy yourself  plumb crazy!" 

Brian held out his hand:  "Give me that manuscript!" 

Judy clutched the book tighter, and drew back defiantly.  "I won't.  Youall done throwed hit away onct.

'Tain't your'n no more,  nohow." 

"Well, what do you purpose to do with it?" said the puzzled man, in  a gentler tone. 

"I aims ter give hit ter Auntie Sue," came the startling reply.  "I  reckon she'll know what ter do.  Hit allus was

more her'n than  your'n, anyhow.  You done said so yourself.  I heard you only last  night when youall was so

dad burned tickled at gittin' hit done.  Youall ain't got no right ter sling hit inter the river, an',  anyway, I ain't

agoin' ter let you." 

"Which sounds very sensible to me," came a clear voice from a few  feet distant. 

Judy and Brian turned quickly, to face a young woman who stood  regarding them thoughtfully, with a

suggestion of a smile on her  very  attractive face. 

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS.

The most careless eye would have seen instantly that the newcomer  was not a native of that backwoods

district.  She was not a large  woman, but there was, nevertheless, a full, rounded strength, which  saved her

trim and rather slender body from appearing small.  Neither  would a discriminating observer describe her by

that too  common term  "pretty."  She was more than that.  In her large, gray  eyes, there was  a look of frank,

straightforward interest that  suggested an almost  boyish goodfellowship, while at the same time  there was

about her a  general air of good breeding; with a calm,  selfpossessed and  businesslike alertness which,

combined with a  wholesome dignity,  commanded a feeling of respect and confidence.  Her voice was clear

and  musical, with an undertone of sympathetic  humor.  One felt when she  spoke that while she lacked nothing

of  intelligent understanding and  sympathetic interest, she was quite  ready to laugh at you just the  same. 

When the two stood speechless, she said, looking straight at Brian:  "It seems to me, sir, that the young lady

has all the best of the  argument.  But I really think she should have some dry clothes as  well." 

She turned to the dripping and dishevelled Judy:  "You poor child.  Aren't you cold!  It is rather early in the

season for a dip in the  river, I should think.  Let me take whatever you have there, and  you  make for the house

as fast as you can go,the run will warm  you." 

As she spoke, she went to the mountain girl, holding out her hand  to take the manuscript, and smiling

encouragingly. 

But Judy backed away, her stealthy, oblique gaze fixed with  watchful surprise on the fair stranger. 

"This here ain't none of your putin," and her shrill drawling  monotone contrasted strangely with the other's

pleasing voice.  "Where'd youall happen from, anyhow?  How'd youall git here?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 52



Top




Page No 55


"I came over the bluff by the path," answered the other.  "You see,  I left the train from the south at White's

Crossing because I knew  I  could drive up from there by the river road quicker than I could  go by  rail away

around through the hills to Thompsonville, and then  make the  drive down the river from there.  When I

reached Elbow  Rock, I was in  such a hurry, I took the short cut, while the man  with my trunk and  things went

by the road over Schoolhouse Hill,  you know.  I arrived  here just as this gentleman was pulling you  from the

water." 

Before Brian could speak, Judy returned with excitement:  "I know  who youall be now.  I ought ter knowed

the minute I set eyes on  you.  Youall are the gal with that there no'count name, an'  you've come  ter work for

him, there,"she pointed to Brian,"a  helpin' him ter  write his book, what ain't his'n no more, nohow,

'cause he done  throwed hit away,plumb inter the river." 

"I am Miss Williams," returned the other.  "My 'no'count name,' I  suppose, is Betty Jo."  She laughed kindly.

"Perhaps it won't seem  so 'no'count' when we are better acquainted, Judy.  Won't you run  along to the house,

and change to some dry clothes?  You will catch  your death of cold if you stand here like this." 

"How'd youall know I was Judy?" 

"Why, Auntie Sue wrote me about you, of course." 

"An' you knowed me 'cause I'm so all crooked an' ugly, I reckon,"  came the uncompromising return. 

Betty Jo turned to Brian:  "You are Mr. Burns, are you not, for  whom I am to work?" 

Brian made no reply,he really could not speak.  "And this,"  Betty Jo included Judy, the manuscript, and

the river in a graceful  gesture,"this, I suppose, is the result of what is called 'the  artistic temperament'?" 

Still the man could find no words.  The young woman's presence and  her reference to his work brought to

him, with overwhelming  vividness, the memory of all to which he had so short a time before  looked forward,

and which was now so hopelessly lost to him.  He  felt, too, a sense of rebellion that she should have come at

such a  moment,that she could stand there with such calm selfpossession  and with such an air of

competency.  Her confidence and poise in  such  contrast to the chaotic turmoil of his own thoughts, and his

utter  helplessness in the situation which had so suddenly burst  upon him,  filled him with unreasoning

resentment. 

Betty Jo must have read in Brian Kent's face something of the  suffering that held him there dumb and

motionless before her, and  so  sensed a deeper tragedy than appeared on the surface of the  incident;  and her

own face and voice revealed her understanding as  she said,  with quiet, but decisive, force:  "Mr. Burns, Judy

must  go to the  house.  Won't you persuade her?" 

Brian started as one aroused from deep abstraction, and went to  Judy; while Betty Jo drew a little way apart,

and stood looking out  over the river. 

"Give me the manuscript, Judy," said Brian gently, "and go on to  the house." 

"Youall ain't agoin' ter sling hit inter the river again?"  The  words were halfquestion and halfassertion. 

"No," said Brian.  "I promise not to throw it into the river  again." 

As Judy gave him the manuscript, she turned her beady eyes in a  stealthy, oblique look toward Betty Jo, and

whispered:  "Youall  best  tell her 'bout hit.  I sure hate her poisonbad; but hit's  easy ter  see she'd sure know


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 53



Top




Page No 56


what ter do." 

"Be careful that Auntie Sue doesn't see you like this, Judy," was  Brian's only answer; and Judy started off for

her muchneeded  change  to dry clothing. 

When the mountain girl was gone, Brian stood looking at the water  stained volume of manuscript in his

hand.  He had no feeling, now,  of  more than a curious idle interest in this work to which, during  the  months

just past, he had given so without reserve the best of  himself.  It was, he thought, strange how he could regard

with such  indifference a thing for which a few hours before he would have  given  his life.  Dumbly, he was

conscious of the truth of Judy's  words,that the book was no longer his.  Judy was rightthis book  which

he had called his had always been, in reality, Auntie Sue's.  So  the matter of his work, at least so far as he had

to do with it,  was  settleddefinitely and finally settled. 

But what of himself?  What was to become of him?  Of one thing only  he was certain about himself;he

never could face Auntie Sue  again.  Knowing, now, what he had done, and knowing that she knew;  that all

the time she was nursing him back to health, all the time  she had been  giving him the inspiration and strength

and peace of  her gentle,  loving companionship, in the safe and quiet harbor of  her little house  by the river,

she had known that it was he who  had 

A clear, matteroffact, but gentle, voice interrupted his bitter  thoughts:  "Is it so very badly damaged, Mr.

Burns?" 

He had forgotten Betty Jo, who now stood close beside him. 

"Let me see?"  She held out her hand as he turned slowly to face  her. 

Without a word, he gave her the manuscript. 

Very businesslike and practical, but with an underlying feeling of  tenderness that was her most compelling

charm, Betty Jo examined  the  waterstained volume. 

"Why, no," she announced cheerfully; "it isn't really hurt much.  You see, the sheets being tied together so

tightly, the water  didn't  get all the way through.  The covers and the first and last  pages are  pretty wet, and the

edges of the rest are rather damp.  It'll be  smudged somewhat, but I don't believe there is a single  word that

can't be made out.  It is lucky it didn't prolong its  bath, though,  isn't it?  All we need to do, now, is to put it in

the sun to dry for  a few minutes." 

Selecting a sunny spot near by, she arranged the volume against a  stone and deftly separated the pages so that

the air could  circulate  more freely between them; and one would have said, from  her manner of  ready

assurance, that she had learned from long  experience exactly how  to dry a manuscript that had been thrown in

the river and rescued just  in the nick of time.  That was Betty  Jo's way.  She always did  everything without

hesitation,just as  though she had spent the  twentythree years of her life doing  exactly that particular

thing. 

Kneeling over the manuscript, and gently moving the wet sheets, she  said, without looking up:  "Do you

always bath your manuscripts  like  this before you turn them over to your stenographer to type,  Mr.  Burns?" 

In spite of his troubled state of mind, Brian smiled. 

The clear, matteroffact voice went on, while the competent hands  moved the drying pages.  "You see, I

never worked for an author  before.  I suspect I have a lot to learn." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 54



Top




Page No 57


She looked up at him with a Betty Jo smile that went straight to  his heart, as Betty Jo's smiles had a curious

way of doing. 

"I hope you will be very patient with me, Mr. Burns.  You will,  won't you?  There is no real danger of your

throwing ME in the  river  when the 'artistic temperament' possesses you, is there?" 

It was no use.  When Betty Jo set out to make a man talk, that man  talked.  Brian yielded not ungracefully:  "I

owe you an apology,  Miss  Williams," he said. 

"Indeed, no," Betty Jo returned, giving her attention to the  manuscript again.  "It is easy to see that you are

terribly upset  about something; and everybody is so accustomed to being upset in  one  way or another that

apologies for upsetments are quite an  unnecessary  bother, aren't they?" 

That was another interestingly curious thing about Betty Jo,the  way she could finish off a characteristic,

matteroffact statement  with a question which had the effect of making one agree instantly  whether one

agreed or not. 

Brian felt himself quite unexpectedly feeling that "upsetments"  were quite common, ordinary, and to be

expected events in one's  life.  "But I am really in very serious trouble, Miss Williams," he  said in  a way that

sounded oddly to Brian himself, as though he  were trying to  convince himself that his trouble really was

serious. 

Betty Jo rose to her feet, and looked straight at him, and there  was no mistaking the genuineness of the

interest expressed in those  big gray eyes. 

"Oh, are you?  Is it really so serious?  I am so sorry.  But don't  you think you better tell me about it, Mr. Burns?

If I am to work  for you, I may just as well begin right here, don't you think?" 

There it was again,that trickquestion.  Brian felt himself  agreeing in spite of himself, though how he was

to explain his  painful situation to this young woman whom, until a few minutes  before, he had never even

seen, he did not know.  He answered  cautiously, speaking half to himself:  "That is what Judy said." 

Betty Jo did not understand, and made no pretense,she never made  a pretense of anything.  "What did Judy

say?" she asked. 

"That I had better tell you about it," he answered. 

And the matteroffact Betty Jo returned:  "Judy seems to be a very  particular and commonsensing sort of

Judy, doesn't she?" 

And Brian realized all at once that Judy was exactly what Betty Jo  said. 

"But,IIdon't see how I CAN tell you, Miss Williams." 

"Why?" laughed Betty Jo.  "It is perfectly simple, Mr. Burns.  here, now, I'll show you:  You are to sit down

there on that nice  comfortable rock,that is your big officechair, you know,and  I'll  sit right here on this

rock,which is my little stenography  chair,and you will just explain the serious business proposition  to

me with careful attention to details.  I must tell you that  'detailing' is one of my strong points, so don't spare

me.  I  really  should have my notebook, shouldn't I?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 55



Top




Page No 58


Again, in spite of himself, Brian smiled; also, before he was  aware, they were both seated as Betty Jo had

directed. 

"But this is not a business matter, Miss Williams," he managed to  protest halfheartedly. 

Betty Jo was looking at her watch in a most matteroffact manner,  and she answered in a most

matteroffact voice:  "Everything is  more  or less a business matter, isn't it, Mr. Burns?" 

And Brian, if he had answered, would have agreed. 

Betty Jo slipped her watch back into her pocket, and continued:  "You will have plenty of time before that

man with my trunk and  things can get away 'round over Schoolhouse Hill and down again to  Auntie Sue's.  He

will be obliged to stop at neighbor Tom's, and  tell  them all about me, of course.  We mustn't let him beat us to

the  house, though; so, perhaps, you better begin, don't you think?" 

That "don'tyouthink?" so characteristic of Betty Jo, did its  work, as usual; and so, almost before Brian

Kent realized what he  was  doing, it had been decided for him that to follow Judy's advice  was  the best

possible thing he could do, and he was relating his  whole  wretched experience to this young woman, about

whom he knew  nothing  except that she was a niece of an old pupil of Auntie  Sue's, and that  she had just

finished a course in a business  college in Cincinnati. 

At several points in his story Betty Jo asked straightforward  questions, or made short, matteroffact

comments; but, always with  her businesslike air of competent interest.  Indeed, she managed to  treat the

situation as being wholly impersonal; while at the same  time the man was never for a moment made to feel

that she was  lacking  in sincere and genuine sympathy.  Only when he told her  that his name  was Brian Kent,

and mentioned the Empire Consolidated  Savings Bank,  did she for the moment betray excited surprise.  When

she saw that he  had noticed, she said quickly:  "I read of the  affair in the papers,  of course." 

Auntie Sue had indeed taken a big chance when she decided for Betty  Jo to come to help Brian with his book.

But Auntie Sue had taken  no  chance on Betty Jo herself.  Perhaps it was, in fact, the dear  old  teacher's

certainty about Betty Jo herself that had led her to  accept  the risk of sending for the niece of her friend and

pupil  under such a  peculiar combination of circumstances. 

When Brian had finished his story with the account of his discovery  of the distressing fact that he had robbed

Auntie Sue and that she  knew he had robbed her, Betty Jo said:  "It is really a sad story,  isn't it, Mr. Burns?

But, oh, isn't Auntie Sue wonderful!  Was  there  ever such another woman in the world!  Don't you love her?

And  couldn't you do anythinganything that would make her happy?  After  all, when you think of Auntie

Sue, and how wonderful she has  been,  this whole thing isn't so bad, is it?" 

"Why, IIdon't think I see what you mean," Brian replied,  puzzled by the unexpected turn she had given

to the situation, yet  convinced by that little question with which she finished that she  was somehow right. 

"Well, I mean wouldn't YOU love to do for some one what Auntie Sue  has done for you?  I should if I were

only big enough and good  enough.  It seems to me it would make one the happiest and  contentedest and

peacefulest person in the world, wouldn't it?" 

Brian did not answer.  While he felt himself agreeing with Betty  Jo's view, he was wondering at himself that

he could discuss the  matter so calmly.  It was not that he no longer felt deeply the  shame  of this terrible thing

that he had done; it was not that he  had ceased  to suffer the torment that had caused his emotional  madness,

which had  found expression in his attempt to destroy his  manuscript; it was only  that this young woman

somehow made it  possible for him to retain his  selfcontrol, and instead of venting  his emotions in violent


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 56



Top




Page No 59


and  wholly useless expressions of regret,  and selfcondemnation, and in  irrational, temperamental action, to

consider coolly and sanely what  he must do.  He was strangely  possessed, too, of an instinctive  certainty that

Betty Jo knew  exactly how he felt and exactly what she  was doing. 

While he was thinking these things, or, rather, feeling them, Betty  Jo went to see how the manuscript was

drying.  She returned to her  seat on the rock presently, saying:  "It is doing very nicely,  almost dry.  I think it

will be done pretty soon.  In the meantime,  what are we going to do about everything?  You have thought of

something for you to do, of course!" 

"I fear I have felt rather more than I have thought," returned  Brian. 

She nodded.  "Yes, I know; but feeling alone never arrives  anywhere.  An excess of thoughtless feeling is

sheer emotional  extravagance.  I sound like a book, don't I?" she laughed.  "It is  so  just the same, Mr. Burns.

And now that you haveahbeen  properlynot to say gloriouslyextravagant at poor Judy's  expense,

we had better do a little thinking, don't you think?" 

The man's cheeks reddened at her words; but the straightforward,  downright sincerity of those gray eyes, that

looked so frankly into  his, held him steady; while the interrogation at the end of her  remark carried its usual

conviction. 

"There is only one possible thing left for me to do, Miss  Williams," he said earnestly. 

"And what is that?"  A smile that sent a glow of courage to Brian  Kent's troubled heart accompanied the flat

question. 

"I can't face Auntie Sue again, knowing what I know now."  He spoke  with passion. 

"Of course you would expect to feel that way, wouldn't you?" came  the matteroffact answer. 

"The only thing I can do," he continued, "is to give myself up, and  go to the penitentiary; arranging,

somehow, to do it in such a way  that the reward will go to Auntie Sue.  God knows she deserves it!  Sheriff

Knox would help me fix that part, I am sure." 

For a moment there was a suspicious moisture in Betty Jo's gray  eyes.  Then she said, "And you would really

go to prison for Auntie  Sue?" 

"It is the least I can do for her now," he returned. 

And Betty Jo must have felt the sincerity of his purpose, for she  said, softly:  "I am sure that it would make

Auntie Sue very happy  to  know that you would do that; and"she added"I know that you  could  not

possibly make her more unhappy and miserable than by  doing it,  could you?" 

Again she had given an unexpected turn to the subject with the  usual convincing questionmark. 

"But what can I do?" he demanded, letting himself go a little. 

Betty Jo steadied him with:  "Well, suppose you listen while I  consider?  Did I tell you that 'considering' was

another of my  strong  points, Mr. Burns?  Well, it is.  You may consider me while  I  consider, if you please. 

"The first thing is, that you must make Auntie Sue happy,as happy  as you possibly can do at any cost.  The

second thing is, that you  must pay her back that money, every penny of it.  Now, it wouldn't  make her happy


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 57



Top




Page No 60


for you to go to prison, and the reward wouldn't pay  back all the money; and if you were in prison, you never

could pay  the rest; besides, if you were wasting your time in prison, she  would  just die of miserableness, and

she wouldn't touch a penny of  that  rewardmoneynot if she was to die for want of it.  So that  settles  that,

doesn't it?" 

And Brian was forced to admit that, as Betty Jo put it, it did. 

"Very well, let us consider some more:  Dear Auntie Sue has been  wonderfully, gloriously happy in doing

what she has for you this  past  winter,meaning your book and all.  I can see that she must  have  been.  No one

could help being happy doing such a thing as  that.  So  you just simply can't spoil it all, now, by letting her

know that you  know what you know." 

Brian started to speak, but she checked him with:  "Please, Mr.  Burns, I must not be interrupted when I am

considering.  Next to  the  prison,which we have agreed won't do at all,you could do  nothing  that would

make Auntie Sue more unhappy than to spoil the  happiness  she has in your not knowing what you have done

to her.  That is very  clear, isn't it?  And think of her miserableness if,  after all these  weeks of happy

anticipation, your book should never  be published.  No,  no, no; you can't rob Auntie Sue of her  happiness in

you just because  you stole her money, can you?" 

And Brian knew in his heart that she was right. 

"So, you see," Betty Jo continued, "the only possible way to do is  to go right along just as if nothing had

happened.  And there is  this  final consideration,which must be a dark secret between you  and  me,when

the book is finished, you must see to it that every  penny  that comes from it goes to Auntie Sue until she is

paid back  all that  she lost through you.  Now, isn't that pretty fine  'considering,' Mr.  Burns?" 

And Brian was convinced that it was.  "But," he suggested, "the  book may not earn anything.  Nothing that I

ever wrote before did." 

"You never wrote one before just like this, did you?" came the very  matteroffact answer.  "And, besides, if

your book never earns a  cent, it will do Auntie Sue a world more good than your going to  prison for her.  That

would be rather silly, now that you think of  it, wouldn't it?  And now that we have our conspiracy all nicely

conspired, we must hurry to the house before that man arrives with  my  things." 

She went for the manuscript as she spoke.  "See," she cried, "it is  quite dry, and not a bit the worse for its

temperamental experience!"  She laughed gleefully. 

"But, Miss Williams," exclaimed Brian, "IIcan't understand you!  You don't seem to mind.  What I have

told you about myself doesn't  seem totomake any difference to youI mean in your attitude  toward

me." 

"Oh, yes, it does," she returned.  "It makes me very interested in  you, Mr. Burns." 

"But, how can you have any confidence  How can you help me with  my book now that you know what I

am?" he persisted, for he was  sincerely puzzled by her apparent indifference to the revelation he  had made of

his character. 

"Auntie Sue,"she answered,"just Auntie Sue.  Come,we must  go." 

"How in the world can I ever face her!" groaned Brian. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS. 58



Top




Page No 61


"You won't get the chance at her, for awhile, with me around;she  will be so busy with me that she won't

notice anything wrong with  you.  So you will get accustomed to the conspiracy feeling before  you  are even

suspected of conspiring.  You know, when one has once  arrived  at the state of not feeling like a liar, one can

lie with  astonishing  success.  Haven't you found it so?" 

They laughed together over this as they went toward the house. 

As they reached the porch, Betty Jo whispered a last word of  instruction:  "You better find Judy, and fix her

the first thing;  fix her good and hard.  Here is Auntie Sue now.  Don't worry about  her noticing anything

strange about you.  I'll attend to her." 

And the next minute, Betty Jo had the dear old lady in her arms. 

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS.

The weeks that followed the coming of Betty Jo to the little log  house by the river passed quickly for Brian

Kent.  Perhaps it was  the  peculiar circumstances of their first meeting that made the man  feel  so strongly that

he had known her for many years, instead of  for only  those few short weeks.  That could easily have been the

reason,  because the young woman had stepped so suddenly into his  life at a  very critical time;when his

mental faculties were so  confused by the  turmoil and suffering of his emotional self that  the past was to him,

at the moment, far more real than the present. 

And Betty Jo had not merely come into his life casually, as a  disinterested spectator; but, by the peculiar

appeal of herself,  she  had led Brian to take her so into his confidence that she had  become  immediately a very

real part of the experience through which  he was  then passing, and thus was identified with his past

experience out of  which the crisis of the moment had come. 

Again Betty Jo, in the naturalness of her manner toward him, and by  her matteroffact, impersonal

consideration of his perplexing  situation, had brought to his unsettled and chaotic mind a sense of  stability

and order; and by subtly insinuating her own practical  decisions as to the course he should follow, had made

herself a  very  literal part of his inner life.  In fact, Betty Jo knew Brian  Kent  more intimately at the close of

their first meeting than she  could  have known him after years of acquaintanceship under the  ordinary  course

of development. 

Brian's consciousness of this would naturally cause him to feel  toward the young woman as though she had

long been a part of his  life.  Still other causes might have contributed to the intimate  companionship that so

quickly became to them both an established  and  takenforgranted fact; but, the circumstances of their first

meeting,  given, of course, their peculiar individualities, were,  really, quite  enough.  The fact that it was

springtime might also  have had something  to do with it. 

The morning after her arrival, Betty Jo set to work typing the  manuscript.  Brian went to his work on the

timbered hillside.  In  the  evenings, Brian worked over the typewitten pages,revising,  correcting,

perfecting,and then, as Betty Jo made the final copy  for the printers, they went critically over the work

together. 

So the hours flew past on busy wings, and the days of the  springtime drew toward summer.  The tender green

of the newborn  leaves and grasses changed to a stronger, deeper tone.  The air,  which had been so filled with

the freshness and newness of bursting  buds and rainblessed soil, and all the quickening life of tree  and  bush

and plant, now carried the perfume of strongly growing  things,the feel of maturing life. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS. 59



Top




Page No 62


To Brian, the voices of the river brought a fuller, deeper message,  with a subtle undertone of steady and

enduring purpose. 

From the beginning, Betty Jo established for herself the habit of  leaving her work at the typewriter in the

afternoons, and going for  a  walk over the hills.  Quite incidentally, at first, her walks  occasionally led her by

way of the clearing where Brian was at work  with his ax, and it followed, naturally, that as the end of the day

drew near, the two would go together down the mountainside to the  evening meal.  But long before the book

was finished, the little  afternoon visit and the walk together at the day's close had become  so established as a

custom that they both accepted it as a part of  their day's life; and to Brian, at least, it was an hour to which  he

looked forward as the most delightful hour of the twentyfour.  As for  Betty Jo,well, it was really Betty Jo

who established the  custom and  developed it to that point where it was of such  importance. 

Auntie Sue was too experienced from her lifelong study of boys and  girls not to observe the deepening of

the friendship between the  man  and the woman whom she had brought together.  But if the dear  old lady  felt

any twinges of an apprehensive conscience, when she  saw the pair  day after day coming down the

mountainside through  the long shadows  of the late afternoon, she very promptly banished  them, and, quite

consistently, with what Brian called her "River  philosophy," made no  attempt to separate these two life

currents,  which, for the time at  least, seemed to be merging into one. 

And often, as the three sat together on the porch after supper to  watch the sunsets, or later in the evening as

Auntie Sue sat with  her  sewing while they were busy with their work and unobserving,  the dear  old lady

would look at them with a little smile of tender  meaning, and  into the gentle eyes would come that faraway

look  that was born of  the memories that had so sweetened the long years  of her life, and of  the hope and

dream of a joy unspeakable that  awaited her beyond the  sunset of her day. 

In her long letter to Betty Jo, asking the girl to come, Auntie Sue  had told the young woman the main facts of

Brian's history as she  knew them, omitting only the man's true name and the name of the  bank.  She had even

mentioned her conviction that there had been a  woman in his trouble.  But Auntie Sue had not mentioned in

her  letter  the money she had lost; nor did she now know that Brian had  himself  told Betty Jo at the time of

their first meeting. 

On the day that Betty Jo typed the last page, and the book was  ready for the printers, the young woman went

earlier than usual to  the clearing where Brian was at work.  The sound of his ax reached  her while she was yet

some distance away, and guided her to the  spot  where he was chopping a big white oak. 

Brian, with his eyes fixed on the widening cut at the base of the  tree, did not notice the girl, who stood

watching him.  She was  smiling to herself at his ignorance of her presence and in  anticipation of the moment

when he should discover her, and there  was  in her eyes a look of wholesome womanly admiration for the

man  who  swung his ax with such easy strength.  In truth, Brian Kent at  his  woodman's labor made a picture

not at all unattractive. 

Swiftly, the cut in the treetrunk widened as the ax bit deeply at  every skilful stroke, and the chips flew about

the chopper's feet.  The acrid odor of the freshly cut oak mingled with the woodland  perfume.  The sun warmly

flooded the clearing with its golden  light,  and, splashing through the openings in the forest foliage,  formed

pools of yellow beauty amid the dark, rich green of the  shadowy  undergrowth.  The air was filled with the

sense of life,  vital and  real, and strong and beautiful. 

And the young woman, as she stood smiling there, was keenly  conscious of it all.  Most of all, perhaps, Betty

Jo was conscious  of  the man, who worked with such vigor at his manly task. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS. 60



Top




Page No 63


Slowly, accurately, the bright ax sank deeper and deeper into the  heart of the tree.  The chips increased in

scattered profusion.  And  then, as Betty Jo watched, the swinging ax cut through the last  fibre  of the tree's

strength, and the leafy top swayed gently  toward its  fall.  Almost imperceptibly, at first, it moved while  Betty

Jo watched  breathlessly.  Brian swung his ax with increasing  vigor, now, while  the wood, still remaining,

cracked and snapped as  the weight of the  tree completed the work of the chopper.  Faster  and faster the

towering mass of foliage swung in a wide graceful  arc toward the  ground.  The man with the ax stepped back,

his eyes  fixed on the  falling tree as, with swiftly increasing momentum, its  great weight  swept swiftly

downward to its crashing end. 

Betty Jo clapped her hands in triumph; and Brian, turning, saw  her  standing there.  His face was flushed and

glistening with  perspiration; his broad chest heaved with the deep breathing gained  by his exertion, and his

eyes shone with the gladness of her  presence. 

"You are early, today!" he cried.  "Have you finished?  Is it  actually completed?" 

"All finished," she returned; and, going to the fallen tree, she  put her hands curiously on the trunk, which lay

a little higher  than  her waist.  "Help me up," she commanded. 

Brian set his ax against the stump, and, laughingly, lifted her to  the seat she desired.  Then he stood watching

her face as she  surveyed the tangled mass of branches. 

"It looks so strange from here, doesn't it?" she said. 

"Yes; and I confess I don't like to see it that way;" he returned.  "I wish they didn't have to be cut.  I feel like a

murderer,every  one I fall." 

She looked down into his eyes, as she returned:  "I know you must.  YOU would, of course.  But, after all, it

has to be, and I don't  suppose the tree minds so much, do you?" 

"No; I don't suppose it feels it much."  He laughed, and, throwing  aside his hat, he ran his fingers through his

tumbled hair for all  the world like a schoolboy confused by being caught in some  sentimental situation which

he finds not only embarrassing, but  puzzling as well. 

"I like you for feeling that way about it, though," Betty Jo  confessed with characteristic frankness.  "And I am

sure it must be  a  very good thing for the world that every one is not so intensely  practical that they can chop

down trees without a pang.  And that  reminds me:  Speaking of the practical, now that the book is  finished,

what are we going to do with it?" 

"Send it to some publisher, I suppose," answered Brian, soberly;  "and then, when they have returned it, send

it to some other  publisher." 

"Have you any particular publisher to whom you will send it first?"  she asked. 

"They are all alike, so far as my experience goes," he returned. 

"I suppose it would be best if you could take your book East, and  interview the publishers personally, don't

you think?" 

Brian shook his head:  "I am not sure that it would make any  difference, and, in any case, I couldn't do it." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS. 61



Top




Page No 64


"I know," said Betty Jo, "and that is what I wanted to get at.  Why  don't you appoint me your agent, and let me

take your book East,  and  make the publishing arrangements for you?" 

Brian looked at her with such delighted surprise that Betty Jo  smiled back at him well pleased. 

"Would you really do it?" he demanded, as though he feared she was  jesting. 

"You are sure that you don't mean 'COULD I do it'?"she  returned,  "sure you could trust me?" 

To which Brian answered enthusiastically:  "You could do anything!  If you undertake the job of landing a

publisher for my stuff, it is  as good as done." 

"Thank you," she said, jumping down from the treetrunk.  "Now that  we have settled it, let us go to the house

and tell Auntie Sue, and  I  will start in the morning." 

As they went down the hill, they discussed the matter further, and,  later, at the house, Brian took a moment,

when Auntie Sue was in  her  room, to hand an envelope to his assistant.  "Your salary," he  said,  hurriedly,

"and expense money for the trip." 

"Oh!"  Betty Jo's exclamation was one of surprise.  Then she said,  in her most matteroffact, businesslike

tone:  "Thank you.  I will  render a statement of my account, but"  For once, Betty Jo seemed  at a loss for

words.  "You don't mind if I askisis this money?" 

Brian's face was a study.  "Yes," he said, "it is really Auntie  Sue's money; but it is all I have, and I can't return

it to her  without her knowingso I" 

Betty Jo interrupted:  "I understand.  It is all we can do,  forgive me?" 

Brian Kent did not know that Betty Jo, a few minutes later, buried  the envelope he had given her deep in the

bottom of her trunk  without  even opening it. 

The next day, Brian drove to Thompsonville with Betty Jo, who took  the noon train for the East. 

The two were rather quiet as "Old Prince" jogged soberly along the  beautiful river road.  Only now and then

did they exchange a few  words of the most commonplace observation. 

They were within sight of the little Ozark settlement when Brian  said, earnestly:  "I wish I could tell you, Miss

Williams, just  what  your coming to help me with this work has meant to me." 

"It has meant a great deal to me, too, Mr. Burns," she returned.  Then she added quickly:  "I suppose the first

real work one does  after finishing school always means more than any position  following  could possibly

mean, don't you think?  Just like your  book.  No matter  how many you may write in the future, this will  always

mean more to  you than any one of them." 

"Yes," he said slowly.  "This book will always mean more to me than  all the others I may write." 

For a moment their eyes met with unwavering frankness.  Then Betty  Jo turned her face away, and Brian

stiffened his shoulders, and sat  a  little straighter in the seat beside her.  That was all. 

Very brave they were at the depot purchasing Betty Jo's ticket and  checking her trunk.  With brave

commonplaces they said goodbye  when  the train pulled in.  Bravely she waved at him from the open


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS. 62



Top




Page No 65


window of  the coach.  And bravely Brian stood there watching until  the train  rounded the curve and

disappeared from sight between the  hills. 

The world through which Brian Kent drove that afternoon on his way  back to Auntie Sue and Judy in the

little log house by the river  was  a very dull and uninteresting world indeed.  All its brightness  and  its beauty

seemed suddenly to have vanished.  And as "Old  Prince"  jogged patiently on his way, sleepily content with

thoughts  of his  evening meal of hay and grain, the man's mind was disturbed  with  thoughts which he dared

not own even to his innermost self. 

"Circumstances to a man," Auntie Sue had said, "always meant a  woman."  And Brian Kent, while he never

under any pressure would  have  admitted it, knew within his deepest self that it was a woman  who had  set him

adrift on the dark river that dreadful night when  he had  cursed the world which he thought he was leaving

forever. 

"Circumstances" in the person of Auntie Sue had saved him from  destruction, and, in the little log house by

the river, had brought  about his ReCreation. 

And then, when that revelation of his crime toward Auntie Sue had  come, and the labor of months, with all

that it implied of the  enduring salvation of himself and the happiness of Auntie Sue, hung  wavering in the

balance, it was the "Circumstances" of Betty Jo's  coming that had set him in the right current of action again. 

What waited for him around the next bend in the river, Brian  wondered,calm and peaceful waters, with

gently flowing currents,  or  the wild tumult of dangerous rapids wherein he would be forced  to  fight for his

very existence?  Would Betty Jo succeed as his  agent to  the publishers?  If she did succeed in finding a

publisher  to accept  his book, would the reading public receive his message?  And if that  followed, what then?

When Betty Jo's mission in the  East was  accomplished, she was to return to Auntie Sue for the  summer.

Then? 

"Old Prince," of his own accord, was turning in at the gate, and  Brian awoke from his abstraction to see

Auntie Sue and Judy waiting  for him. 

All during the evening meal and while he sat with Auntie Sue on  the porch overlooking the river, as their

custom was, Brian was  preoccupied and silent; while his companion, with the wisdom of her  seventy years,

did not force the conversation. 

It was the time of the full moon, and when Auntie Sue at last bade  him goodnight, Brian, saying that the

evening was too lovely to  waste in sleep, remained on the porch.  For an hour, perhaps, he  sat  there alone; but

his thoughts were not on the beauties of the  scene  that lay before him in all its dreamy charm of shadowy hills

and  moonlit river.  He had no ear for the soft voices of the night.  The  gentle breeze carried to him the low,

deeptoned roar of the  crashing  waters at Elbow Rock; but he did not hear.  Moved at last  by a feeling  of

restless longing, and the certainty that only a  sleepless bed  awaited him in the house, he left the porch to stroll

along the bank  of the river. 

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE.

Brian Kent, strolling along the bank of the river in the moonlight,  and preoccupied with thoughts that were, at

the last, more dreams  than thoughts, was not far from the house when a sound from behind  some nearby

bushes broke in upon his reveries.  A moment, he  listened.  Then telling himself that it was some prowling

animal,  or  perhaps, a bird that his presence had disturbed, he went on.  But he  had gone only a few feet farther

when he was conscious of  something  stealthily following him.  Stepping behind the trunk of a  tree, he  waited,


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 63



Top




Page No 66


watching.  Then he saw a form moving toward him  through the  shadows of the bushes.  Another moment, and

the form  left the  concealing shadow, and, in the bright moonlight, he  recognized Judy. 

At first, the man's feeling was that of annoyance.  He did not wish  to be disturbed at such a time by the

presence of the mountain  girl.  But his habitual gentleness toward poor Judy, together with  a very  natural

curiosity as to why she was following him at that  time of the  night, when he had supposed her in bed and

asleep, led  him to greet  her kindly as he came from behind the tree:  "Well,  Judy, are you,  too, out enjoying

the moonlight?" 

The girl stopped suddenly and halfturned as if to run; but, at his  words, stood still. 

"What is it, Judy?" he asked, going to her.  "What is the matter?" 

"There's a heap the matter!" she answered, regarding him with that  sly oblique look; while Brian noticed a

feeling of intense  excitement  in her voice.  "I don't know what youall are agoin'  ter think of me,  but I'm

bound ter tell you just the same,seems  like I got ter,even  if youall was ter lick me for hit like pap  used

ter." 

"Why, Judy, dear," the puzzled man returned, soothingly, "you know  I would never strike you, no matter

what you did.  Come, sit down  here on this log, and tell me about whatever it is that troubles  you;  then you

can go back to sleep again." 

"I ain't awantin' ter set down.  I ain't been asleep.  Hit seems  like I can't never sleep no more."  She wrung her

hands and turned  her poor twisted body about nervously; then demanded with startling  abruptness:  "When do

youall 'low she'll git back?" 

The wondering Brian did not at first catch her meaning, and she  continued, with an impatient jerk of her

head:  "Hit's that there  gal  with the no'count name, Betty Jo, I'm atalkin' 'bout." 

"Oh, you mean Miss Williams," Brian returned.  "Why, I suppose she  will be back in two or three weeks, or a

month, perhaps; I don't  know  exactly, Judy.  Why?" 

"'Cause I'm atellin' youall not ter let her come back here ever,"  came the startling answer, in a voice that

was filled with menacing  anger.  Then, before Brian could find a word to reply, the mountain  girl continued,

with increasing excitement:  "Youall dassn't let  her  come back here, nohow, 'cause, if you do, I'll hurt her,

sure.  Youall  have been athinkin' as how I was plumb blind, I reckon;  but I seen  you,every evenin', when

she'd pretend ter just go for  a walk an'  then'd make straight for the clearin' where you was a  choppin', an'

then you'd quit, an' set with her up there on the  hill.  Youuns never  knowed I was awatchin' from the bresh

all the  time, did you?  Well, I  was; an' when youuns'd walk down ter the  house, so slow like an' close  together,

I'd sneak ahead, an' beat  you home; but all the time I was  aseein' you, an' youuns never  knowed, 'cause

youuns just naturally  couldn't see nor hear nothin'  but each other.  Don't youall 'low as  how I'd know by the

way you  looked at her, while youuns was afixin'  that there book, every  night, what youall was athinkin'

'bout her?  My GodA'mighty! hit  was just as plain ter me as if you was asayin'  hit right out loud  all the

time,a heap plainer hit was than if you'd  done writ' hit  down in your book.  I can't make out ter read print

much, nohow,  like youuns kin; but I sure kin see what I see.  I" 

"Judy!  Judy!"  Brian broke the stream of the excited girl's talk.  "What in the world are you saying?  What do

you mean, child?" 

"Youall knows dad burned well what I'm ameanin'!" she retorted,  with increasing anger.  "I'm ameanin'

that youall are plumb  lovin'  that there Betty Jo gal,that's what I'm ameanin'!an'  youall sure  ain't got


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 64



Top




Page No 67


ary right for ter go an' do sich a thing,  nohow!" 

Brian tried to check her, but she silenced him with:  "I won't  neither hush!  I can't!  I tell you I'm agoin' ter say

my say if  youall kills me!  I've just naturally got ter!  Seems like I was  all  afire inside an' would burn plumb

up if I didn't!  I've got  rights, I  reckon, if I be all crooked an' twisted out er shape, an'  uglyfaced  an' no

learnin', ner nothin'." 

A dry sob choked the torrent of words for an instant; but, with a  savage effort she went on:  "I know I ain't

nothin' alongside of  her,  but youall ain't agoin' ter have her just the same,not if  I have  ter kill her first!

You ain't got no right ter have her,  nohow,  'cause hit's like's not youall done got a woman already

somewheres,  wherever 'twas youall come from; an' even if you ain't  got no woman  already, I sure ain't

agoin' ter let you have her!  What'd she ever do  for you?  Hit was me what dragged youall from  the river

when you was  mighty nigh dead from licker an' too plumb  sick ter save yourself!  Hit's me that's kept from

tellin' the  Sheriff who you be an' atakin'  that there rewardmoney!  Hit was  me what jumped inter the river

above  Elbow Rock just ter git your  dad burned old book, when you'd done  throwed hit plumb away! 

"I knowed first time I heard Auntie Sue name her what she'd do ter  you!  Any fool would aknowed what a

woman with a halfgal, half  boy  name like her'n would do, an' she's done hit,she sure has!  But she  ain't

agoin' ter do no more!  Youall belongs ter me a  heap more'n  you do ter her,if hit comes ter

that,though, I  ain't afoolin'  myself none athinkin' that sich as you could ever  take up with sich  as

me,me bein' what I am.  No, sir; I ain't  never fooled myself ary  bit like that, Mr. Burns.  But hit ain't a

makin' no difference how  ugly an' crooked an' no 'count I be  outside; the inside of me is  alovin' you like she

never could, ner  nobody else, I reckon.  An'  I'll just go on alovin' you, no matter  what happens; an' I ain't

acarin' whether you got a woman already  er not, er whether youall  have robbed er killed, er what you done.

An'an'so I'm atellin'  you, you'd best not let her come back  here no more, 'cause'cause I  just naturally

can't stand hit ter  see youuns tergether!  'Fore God,  I'm atellin' you true,I'll  sure hurt her!" 

The girl's voice raised to a pitch of frenzied excitement, and,  whirling, she pointed to the river, as she cried:

"Look out there!  What do youall reckon your fine Betty Jo lady would do if I was  ter  git her ketched in them

there rapids?  What do youall reckon  the  Elbow Rock water would do ter her?  I'll tell you what hit'd  do:  Hit

would smash an' grind an' tear an' hammer that there fine,  straight  body of hers 'til hit was all broken an'

twisted an'  crooked a heap  worse'n what I be,that's what hit would do; an'  hit would scratch  an' cut an' beat

up that pretty face an' mess up  her pretty hair an'  choke her an' smother her 'til she was all  blueblack an'

muddy, an'  her eyes was red an' starin', an' she was  nothin' but just an ugly  lump of dirt; an' hit wouldn't even

leave  her her fine clothes  neither,the Elbow Rock water wouldn't,  hit'd just naturally tear  'em off her, an'

leave her 'thout ary  thing what's makin' you love her  like you're adoin'!  An' where  would all her fine

schoolin' an' smart  talk an' pretty ways be  then?  Eh?  She wouldn't be no better, nor  half as good as me, I'm

atellin' you, onct Elbow Rock got done with  her!" 

The poor creature finished in wild triumph; then suddenly, as  though spent with the very fury of her passion,

she turned from the  river, and said dully:  "You'd sure best not let her come back,  sir!  'Fore God, I ain't

awantin' ter do hit, but hit seems like I  can't  help myself; I can't sleep for wantin' ter fix hit so,so's  you

just  couldn't want ter have her no more'n you're awantin' me.  IIsure  ain't afoolin' myself none, not ary

bit, athinkin'  youall could  ever git ter likin' sich as me; but, I can't help  sort of dreamin'  'bout hit an'

apretendin', an'an' all the while  I'm aknowin',  inside er me like, that there ain't nobody,not  Auntie

Sue, nor this  here Betty Jo, nor that there other woman, nor  anybody,what kin care  for you like I'm

acarin',they just  naturally couldn't care like me;  'cause'cause, you see, sir, I  ain't got nobody

else,ain't no man  but you ever even been decent  ter me.  I sure ain't got nobody else" 

The distraught creature's sobs prevented further speech, and she  dropped down on the ground, weak and

exhausted; her poor twisted  body  shaking and writhing with the emotion she could not voice. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 65



Top




Page No 68


For a little while, Brian Kent himself was as helpless as Judy.  He  could only stand dumbly, staring at her as

she crouched at his  feet.  Then, very gently, he lifted her from the ground, and tried  as best  he could to

comfort her.  But he felt his words to be very  shallow and  inadequate, even though his own voice was

trembling  with emotion. 

"Come, Judy, dear," he said, at last, when she seemed to have in a  measure regained her selfcontrol.  "Come.

You must go back to the  house, child." 

Drawing away from his supporting arm, she answered, quietly:  "I  ain't no child, no more, Mr. Burns: I'm sure

a woman, now.  I'm  just  as much a woman asasshe is, if I be like what I am.  I'm  plumb  sorry I had ter do

this; but I just naturally couldn't help  hit.  You  ain't got no call ter be scared I'll do hit again." 

When they were nearing the house, Judy stopped again, and, for a  long minute, looked silently out over the

moonlit river, while  Brian  stood watching her. 

"Hit is pretty, ain't hit, Mr. Burns?" she said at last.  "With the  hills all so soft an'an' dreamylike, an' them

clouds afloatin'  'way up there over the top of Table Mountain; with the moon makin'  'em all silvery an' shiny

'round the edges, an' them trees on yon  side the river lookin' like they was made er smoke er fog er  somethin'

like that; an' the old river hitself alayin' there in  The  Bend likelike a long strip of shinin' gold,hit sure

is  pretty!  Funny, I couldn't never see hit that away before,ain't  hit?" 

"Yes, Judy; it is beautiful tonight," he said. 

But Judy, apparently without hearing him, continued:  "'Seems like  I can sense a little ternight what Auntie

Sue an' youuns are allus  atalkin' 'bout the river,'bout hit's bein' like life an' sich as  that.  An' hit 'pears like I

kin kind of git a little er what you  done wrote 'bout hit in your book,'bout the currents an' the  still  places

an' the rough water an' all.  I reckon as how I'm a  part of  your river, too, ain't I, Mr. Burns?" 

"Yes, Judy," he answered, wonderingly; "we are all parts of the  river." 

"I reckon you're right," she continued.  "Hit sure 'pears ter be  that away.  But I kin tell youall somethin' else

'bout the river  what you didn't put down in your book, Mr. Burns:  There's heaps  an'  heaps er snags an'

quicksands an' sunk rocks an' shaller places  where  hit looks deep an' deep holes where hit looks shaller, an'

currents  what's hid 'way down under that'll ketch an' drag you in  when you  ain't athinkin', an' drown you

sure.  'Tain't all of the  river what  Auntie Sue an' youuns kin see from the porch.  You see,  I knows 'bout

hit,'bout them other things I mean,'cause I was  borned and growed  up aknowin' 'bout 'em;

an'an'the next time  youall writes er  book, Mr. Burns, I 'low youall ought ter put in  'bout them there

snags an' things, 'cause folks sure got ter know  'bout 'em, if they  ain't awantin' ter git drowned." 

When Judy had gone into the house, Brian again sat alone on the  porch. 

An hour, perhaps, had passed when a voice behind him said:  "Why,  Brian, are you still up?  I supposed you

were in bed long ago." 

He turned to see Auntie Sue, standing in the doorway. 

"And what in the world are you prowling about for, this time of the  night?" Brian retorted, bringing a chair

for her. 

"I am prowling because I couldn't sleep,thinking about you,  Brian," she answered. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 66



Top




Page No 69


"I fear that is the thing that is keeping me up, too," he returned  grimly. 

"I know," she said gently.  "Sometimes, one's self does keep one  awake.  Is itis it anything you care to tell

me?  Would it help  for  me to know?" 

For some time, he did not answer; while the old teacher waited  silently.  At last, he spoke, slowly:  "Auntie

Sue, what is the  greatest wrong that a woman can do?" 

"The greatest wrong a woman can do, Brian, is the greatest wrong  that a man can do." 

"But, what is it, Auntie Sue?" he persisted. 

"I think," she answered,"indeed I am quite sure,that the  greatest wrong is for a woman to kill a man's

faith in woman; and  for  a man to kill a woman's faith in man." 

Brian Kent buried his face in his hands. 

"Am I right, dear?" asked the old gentlewoman, after a little. 

And Brian Kent answered:  "Yes, Auntie Sue, you are rightthat is  the greatest wrong." 

Again they were silent.  It was as though few words were needed  between the woman of seventy years and

this man who, out of some  great trouble, had been so strangely brought to her by the river. 

Then the silveryhaired old teacher spoke again:  "Brian, have you  ever wondered that I am so alone in the

world?  Have you ever asked  yourself why I never married?" 

"Yes, Auntie Sue," he answered.  "I have wondered." 

"Many people have," she said, with simple frankness.  Then"I am  going to tell you something, dear boy,

that only two people in the  world beside myself ever knew, and they are both dead, many years  now.  I am

going to tell you, because I feelbecause I think  that,  perhaps, it may help you a little.  I, too, Brian, had

my  dreams when  I was a girl,my dreams of happiness,such as every  true woman hopes  for;of a home

with all that home means;of a  loverhusband;of  little ones who would call me 'mother';and my

dreams ended, Brian,  on a battlefield of the Civil War.  He went  from me the very day we  were promised.  He

never returned.  I have  always felt that we were as  truly one as though the church had  solemnized and the law

had  legalized our union.  I promised that I  would wait for him." 

"And youyou have kept that promise?  You have been true to that  memory?" Brian Kent asked,

wonderingly. 

"I have been true to him, Brian;all the years of my life I have  been true to him." 

Brian Kent bowed his head, reverently. 

Rising, the old gentlewoman went close to him, and put her hands on  his shoulders.  "Brian, dear, I have told

you my secret because I  thought it might help you to know.  Oh, my boymy boy,don't  don't let

anythingdon't let anyonekill your faith in womanhood!  No matter how bitter your experience, you can

believe, now, that  there are women who can be faithful and true.  Surely, you can  believe it now, Brian,you

must!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE. 67



Top




Page No 70


And as he caught her hands in his, and raised his face to whisper,  "I do believe, Auntie Sue," she stooped and

kissed him. 

Then, again, Brian Kent was alone in the night with his thoughts. 

And the river swept steadily on its shining way through the moonlit  world to the distant sea. 

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION.

Frequent letters from Betty Jo informed Brian and Auntie Sue of  that practical and businesslike young

woman's negotiations with  various Eastern publishers, until, at last, the matter was finally  settled to Betty Jo's

satisfaction. 

She had contracted with a wellknown firm for the publication of  the book.  The details were all arranged.

The work was to begin  immediately.  Betty Jo was returning to the little log house by the  river. 

Brian drove to Thompsonville the morning she was to arrive, and it  seemed to him that "Old Prince" had

never jogged so leisurely along  the winding river road, yet he was at the little mountain station  nearly an hour

before the train was due. 

Those weeks had been very anxious weeks to Brian, in spite of  Auntie Sue's oftrepeated assurances that no

publisher could fail  to  recognize the value of his work.  And, to be entirely truthful,  Brian  himself, deep down

in his heart, felt a certainty that his  work would  receive recognition.  But, still, he would argue with  himself,

his  feeling of confidence might very well be due to the  dear old  gentlewoman's enthusiastic faith in him

rather than in any  merit in  the book itself; and it was a wellestablished factto  all  unpublished writers at

leastthat publishers are a heartless  folk,  and exceedingly loth to extend a helpful hand to unrecognized

genius,  however great the worth of its offering.  He could scarcely  believe  the letters which announced the

good news.  It did not seem  possible  that this allimportant first step toward the success  which Auntie Sue  so

confidently predicted for his book was now an  accomplished fact. 

And now that Betty Jo's mission was completed, it seemed months ago  that he had said goodbye to her and

had watched the train  disappear  between the hills.  But when at last the long whistle  echoing and  reechoing

from the timbered mountainsides announced  the coming of the  train that was bringing her back, and the

train  itself a moment later  burst into view and, with a rushing roar of  steam and wheels and  brakes, came to a

stop at the depot platform,  and there was Betty Jo  herself, it seemed that it was only  yesterday that she had

gone away. 

Very calm and selfpossessed and well poised was Betty Jo when she  stepped from the train to meet him.

She was very capable and  businesslike as she claimed her baggage and saw it safely in the  spring wagon.  But

still there was a something in her mannera  light  in the gray eyes, perhaps, or a quality in the clear voice

that  meant worlds more to the man than her simple statement, that  she was  glad to see him again.  Laughingly,

she refused to tell him  about her  trip as they rode home, saying that Auntie Sue must hear  it all with  him.  And

so conscious was the man of her presence  there beside him  that, somehow, the prospective success or failure

of his book did not  so much matter, after all. 

In the excitement of the joyous meeting between Auntie Sue and  Betty Jo, Judy's stoical selfrepression was

unnoticed.  The  mountain  girl went about her part of the household work silently  with apparent  indifference to

the young woman's presence.  But  when, after the late  dinner was over, Auntie Sue and Brian listened  to Betty

Jo's story,  Judy, unobserved, was nearby, so that no word  of the conversation  escaped her. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION. 68



Top




Page No 71


Three times that night, when all was still in the little log house  by the river, the door of Judy's room opened

cautiously, and the  twisted form of the mountain girl appeared.  Each time, for a few  minutes, she stood there

in the moonlight that shone through the  open  window into the quiet room, listening, listening; then went

stealthily  to the door of the room where Betty Jo was sleeping, and  each time she  paused before that closed

door to look fearfully  about the dimly  lighted living room.  Once she crept to Brian's  door, and then to  Auntie

Sue's, and once she silently put her hand  on the latch of that  door between her and Betty Jo; but, each time,

she went stealthily  back to her own room. 

Betty Jo awoke early that morning.  Outside her open window the  birds were singing, and the sun, which was

just above the higher  mountaintops, was flooding the world with its wealth of morning  beauty.  The music of

the feathery chorus and the golden beauty of  the light that streamed through the window into her room, with

the  fresh enticing perfume of the balmy air, were very alluring to the  young woman just returned from the

cities' stale and dingy  atmosphere. 

Betty Jo decided instantly that she must go for a beforebreakfast  walk.  From the window, as she dressed,

she saw Brian going to the  barn with the milkpail, and heard him greet the waiting "Bess" and  exchange a

cheery goodmorning with "Old Prince," who hailed his  coming with a low whinny. 

Quietly, so as not to disturb Auntie Sue, Betty Jo slipped from the  house and went down the gentle slope to

the riverbank, and  strolled  along the margin of the stream toward Elbow Rock,pausing  sometimes  to look

out over the water as her attention was drawn to  some movement  of the river life, or turning aside to pluck a

wild  flower that caught  her eye.  She had made her way thus leisurely  twothirds of the  distance perhaps from

the house to Elbow Rock  bluff when Judy suddenly  confronted her.  The mountain girl came so  unexpectedly

from among the  bushes that Betty Jo, who was stooping  over a flower, was startled. 

"Judy!" she exclaimed.  "Goodness! child, how you frightened me!"  she finished with a goodnatured laugh.

But as she noticed the  mountain girl's appearance, the laugh died on her lips, and her  face  was grave with

puzzled concern. 

Poor Judy's black hair was uncombed and dishevelled.  The sallow,  oldyoung face was distorted with

passion, and the beady eyes  glittered with the light of an insane purpose. 

"What is it, Judy?" asked Betty Jo.  "What in the world is the  matter?" 

"What'd youall come back for?" demanded Judy with sullen menace in  every word.  "I done told him not ter

let you.  Hit 'pears ter me  youuns ought ter have more sense." 

Alarmed at the girl's manner, Betty Jo thought to calm her by  saying, gently:  "Why, Judy, dear, you are all

excited and not a  bit  like yourself.  Tell me what troubles you.  I came back because  I love  to be here with

Auntie Sue, of course.  Why shouldn't I some  if Auntie  Sue likes to have me?" 

"Youall are alyin'," returned Judy viciously.  "But youall sure  can't fool me.  Youall come back 'cause

he's here." 

A warm blush colored Betty Jo's face. 

Judy's voice raised shrilly as she saw the effect of her words. 

"Youall knows dad burned well that's what you come back for.  But  hit ain't agoin' ter do you no good; hit

sure ain't.  I done told  him.  I sure warned him what'd happen if he let you come back.  I  heard youall atalkin'

yesterday evenin' all 'bout his book an'  what  a great man that there publisherfeller back East 'lows he's  goin'


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION. 69



Top




Page No 72


ter  be.  An' I kin see, now, that youall has knowed hit from  the start,  an' that's why youall been afixin' ter

git him away  from me.  I done  studied hit all out last night; but I sure ain't  agoin' ter let you  do hit." 

As she finished, the mountain girl, who had worked herself into a  frenzy of rage, moved stealthily toward

Betty Jo, and her face,  with  those blazing black eyes, and its frame of black unkempt hair,  and its  expression

of insane fury, was the face of a fiend. 

Betty Jo drew back, frightened at the poor creature's wild and  threatening appearance. 

"Judy!" she said sharply.  "Judy!  What do you mean!" 

With a snarling grin of malicious triumph, Judy cried:  "Scared,  ain't you!  You sure got reason ter be, 'cause

there ain't nothin'  kin stop me now.  Know what I'm agoin' ter do?  I'm agoin' ter  put  youall in the river,

just like I told him, an' old Elbow Rock  is  agoin' ter make youall broken an' twisted an' ugly like what  my

pap  made me.  Oh, hit'll sure fix that there fine slim body of  your'n, an'  that there pretty face what he likes ter

look at so,  an' them fine  clothes'll be all wet an' mussed an' torn off you.  Youall sure will  be alookin'

worse'n what I ever looked the next  time he sees  you,you with your no'count, halfgal and halfboy

name!" 

As the mountain girl, with the quickness of a wild thing, leaped  upon her, Betty Jo screamedone piercing

cry, that ended in a  choking gasp as Judy's hands found her throat. 

Brian, who was still at the barn, busy with the morning chores,  heard.  With all his might, he ran toward the

spot from which the  call came. 

Betty Jo fought desperately; but, strong as she was, she could  never have endured against the vicious strength

of the frenzied  mountainbred Judy, who was slowly and surely forcing her toward  the  brink of the

riverbank, against which the swift waters of the  rapids  swept with terrific force. 

A moment more and Brian would have been too late.  Throwing Judy  aside, he caught the exhausted Betty Jo

in his arms, and, carrying  her a little back from the edge of the stream, placed her gently on  the ground. 

Betty Jo did not faint; but she was too spent with her exertions to  speak, though she managed to smile at him

reassuringly, and shook  her  head when he asked if she was hurt. 

When Brian was assured that the girl was really unharmed, he turned  angrily to face Judy.  But Judy had

disappeared in the brush. 

Presently, as Betty Jo's breathing became normal, she arranged her  disordered hair and dress, and told Brian

what the mountain girl  had  said; and this, of course, forced the man to relate his  experience  with Judy that

night when she had told him that Betty Jo  must not come  back. 

"I suppose I should have warned you, Miss Williams," he finished;  "but the whole thing seemed to me so

impossible, I could not  believe  there was any danger of the crazy creature actually  attempting to  carry out her

wild threat; and, besides,well, you  can see that it  was rather difficult for me to speak of it to you.  I am

sorry," he  ended, with embarrassment. 

For a long moment, the two looked at each other silently; then  Betty Jo's practical common sense came to the

rescue:  "It would  have  been awkward for you to try to tell me, wouldn't it, Mr.  Burns?  And  now that it is all

over, and no harm done, we must just  forget it as  quickly as we can.  We won't ever mention it again,  will

we?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION. 70



Top




Page No 73


"Certainly not," he agreed heartily.  "But I shall keep an eye on  Miss Judy, in the future, I can promise you." 

"I doubt if we ever see her again," returned Betty Jo,  thoughtfully.  "I don't see how she would dare go back to

the house  after this.  I expect she will return to her father.  Poor thing!  But  we must be  careful not to let Auntie

Sue know."  Then smiling up at  him, she  added:  "It seems like Auntie Sue is getting us into all  sorts of

conspiracies, doesn't it?  What DO you suppose we will be  called  upon to hide from her next?" 

At Brian's suggestion, they went first to the barn, where he  quickly finished his work.  Then, carrying the full

milkpail  between  them, they proceeded, laughing and chatting, to the house,  where  Auntie Sue stood in the

doorway. 

The dear old lady smiled when she saw them coming so, and,  returning their cheery greeting happily, added:

"Have you children  seen Judy anywhere?  The child is not in her room, and the fire is  not even made in the

kitchenstove yet." 

CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF.

All that day Auntie Sue wondered about Judy, while Brian and Betty  Jo exhausted their inventive faculties in

efforts to satisfy the  dear  old lady with plausible reasons for the mountain girl's  disappearance. 

During the forenoon, Brian canvassed the immediate neighborhood,  and returned with the true information

that Judy had stopped at the  first house below Elbow Rock for breakfast, where she had told the  people that

she was going back to her father, because she was  "doggone tired of working for them there city folks what

was a  livin' at Auntie Sue's." 

This was, in a way, satisfactory to Auntie Sue, because it assured  her that the girl had met with no serious

accident and because she  knew very well the mountainbred girl's ability to take care of  herself in the hills.

But, still, the gentle mistress of the log  house by the river was troubled to think that Judy would leave her  so

without a word. 

Betty Jo was so occupied during the day by her efforts to relieve  Auntie Sue that she had but little time left

for thought of herself  or for reflecting on the situation revealed in her encounter with  Judy.  But many times

during the day the mountain girl's passionate  accusation came back to her, "Youall are alyin'!  Youall

come  back  'cause HE is here."  Nor could she banish from her memory the  look  that was on Brian Kent's face

that morning when he was  carrying her in  his arms back from the brink of the riverbank,  over which the

frenzied Judy had so nearly sent her to her death.  And so, when the  day at last was over, and she was alone in

her  room, it was not  strange that Betty Jo should face herself squarely  with several  definite and pointed and

exceedingly personal  questions. 

It was like Betty Jo to be honest with herself and to demand of  herself that her problems be met squarely. 

"First of all, Betty Jo," she demanded, in her downright,  straightforward way of going most directly to the

heart of a  matter,  "are you in love with Brian Kent?" 

Without hesitation, the answer came, "I have not permitted myself  to love him." 

"You have not permitted yourself to love him?  That means that you  would be in love with him if you dared,

doesn't it?" 

And Betty Jo, in the safe seclusion of her room, felt her cheeks  burn as she acknowledged the truth of the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF. 71



Top




Page No 74


deduction. 

The next question was inevitable:  "Is Brian Kent in love with you,  Betty Jo?" 

And Betty Jo, recalling many, many things, was compelled to answer,  from the triumphant gladness of her

heart:  "He is trying not to be,  but he can't help himself.  And"the downright and straightforward  young

woman continued"because I know that Brian Kent is trying so  hard not to love me is the real reason why I

have not permitted  myself to love him." 

But the clearthinking, practical Betty Jo protested quickly:  "You  must remember that you are wholly

ignorant of Brian Kent's history,  except for the things he has chosen to tell you.  And those things  in  his life

which he has confessed to you are certainly not the  things  that could win the love of a girl like you, even

though they  might  arouse your interest in the man.  Interest is not love, Betty  Jo.  Are  you quite sure that you

are not making the mistake that is  most  commonly made by young women?" 

Betty Jo was compelled to answer that she was not mistaking  interest  for love, because had such been the

case, she would not be  able to  so analyze the situation.  Betty Jo's quite womanly prejudice  is  admitted,

because the prejudice was so womanly, and because Betty  Jo  herself was so womanly. 

"Very well, Miss Betty Jo," the young woman continued inexorably,  "you are not permitting yourself to love

Brian Kent because Brian  Kent is trying not to love you.  But, why is the man trying so hard  not to love you?" 

Betty Jo thought very hard over this question, and felt her way  carefully to the answer.  "It might be, of

course, that it is  because  he is a fugitive from the law.  A man under such  circumstances could  easily convince

himself that no good woman  would permit herself to  love him, and he would therefore, in  reasonable

selfdefense, prevent  himself from loving her if he  could." 

But surely Brian Kent had every reason to know that Betty Jo did  not at all regard him as a criminal.  Betty Jo,

as Auntie Sue,  recognized only the recreated Brian Kent.  If that were all, they  need only wait for the

restitution which was so sure to come  through  his book.  And Brian Kent himself, through Auntie Sue's

teaching and  through his work, had come to recognize only his real  self, and not  the creature of circumstances

which the river had  brought to the  little log house.  Betty Jo felt sure that there was  more than this  that was

forcing the man to defend himself against  his love for her.  Thus she was driven to the conclusion that there

was something in  Brian Kent's history that he had not made known to  her,a something  that denied him the

right to love her, and that,  reasoned poor Betty  Jo in the darkness of her room,could only be  a

woman,a woman to  whom he was bound, not by love indeed,Betty  Jo could not believe  that,but by

ties of honor and of the law. 

And very clearly Betty Jo reasoned, too, that Brian's attitude  toward her evidenced unmistakably his high

sense of honor.  The  very  fact that he had so persistentlyin all their companionship,  in their  most intimate

moments together evenheld this invisible  and, to her,  unknown barrier between them, convinced her

beyond a  doubt of the  essential integrity of his character, and compelled  her admiration and  confidence. 

"That is exactly it, Betty Jo," she told herself sadly; "you love  him because he tries so hard to keep himself

from loving you." 

And thus Betty Jo proved the correctness of Auntie Sue's loving  estimate of her character and justified the

dear old teacher's  faith  in the sterling quality of her womanhood. 

Face to face with herself, fairly and squarely, the girl accepted  the truth of the situation for Brian and for

herself, and  determined  her course.  She must go away,she must go at once. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF. 72



Top




Page No 75


She wished that she had not returned to the log house by the river.  She had never fully admitted to herself the

truth of her feeling  toward Brian until Judy had so unexpectedly precipitated the  crisis;  but, she knew, now,

that Judy was right, and that the real  reason for  her return was her love for him.  She knew, as well,  that her

very  love,which, once fully admitted and recognized by  her, demanded with  all the strength of her young

womanhood the  nearness and companionship  of the mate her heart had chosen,  demanded, also, that she

help him  to keep that fine sense of honor  and true nobility of character which  had won her. 

She understood instinctively that,now that she had confessed her  love to herself,she would, in spite of

herself, tempt him in a  thousand ways to throw aside that barrier which he had so honorably  maintained

between them.  Her heart would plead with him to  disregard  his better self, and come to her.  Her very craving

for  the open  assurance of his love would tempt him, perhaps beyond his  strength.  And, yet, she knew as truly

that, if he should yield; if  he should  cast aside the barrier of his honor; if he should deny  his best self,  and

answer her call, it would be disastrous beyond  measure to them  both. 

To save the fineness of their love, Betty Jo must go.  If it should  be that they never met again, still she must

go. 

But there were other currents moving in the river that night.  In  the steady onward flow of the whole, Betty

Jo's lifecurrents  seemed  to be setting away from the man she loved.  But other  currents,  unknown to the girl,

who faced herself so honestly, and  who so bravely  accepted the truth she found, were moving in ways  beyond

her  knowledge.  Directed and influenced by innumerable and  unseen forces  and obstacles, the currents which,

combined, made the  stream of life  in its entirety, were weaving themselves together,  interlacing and

separating,drawing close and pulling apart,only  to mingle as one  again. 

Betty Jo saw only Brian Kent and herself, and their love which she  now acknowledged, and she had, as it

were, only a momentary glimpse  of those small parts of the stream. 

Betty Jo could not know of those other currents that were moving  so mysteriously about her as the river

poured itself onward so  unceasingly to the sea. 

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION.

In spite of all their care, Brian and Betty Jo did not wholly  convince Auntie Sue that there was no more in

Judy's disappearance  than the report from the neighbors indicated.  The dear old lady  felt  that there was

something known to the young people that they  were  keeping from her; and, while she did not question their

motives, and  certainly did not worry,for Auntie Sue never  worried,she was not  satisfied with the

situation.  When she  retired to her room for the  night, she told herself, with some  spirit, that she would surely

go to  the bottom of the affair the  next morning. 

It happened that Auntie Sue went to the bottom of the affair much  sooner than she expected. 

It must have been about that same hour of the night when Betty Jo,  after reaching her decision to go away,

retired to her bed, that  Auntie Sue was aroused by a low knocking at the open window of her  room. 

The old teacher listened without moving, her first thought being  that her fancy was tricking her.  The sound

came again, and, this  time, there could be no mistake.  Sitting up in her bed, Auntie Sue  looked toward the

window, and, at the sound of her movement, a low  whisper came from without. 

"Don't be scared, Auntie Sue.  Hit ain't nobody but just me." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION. 73



Top




Page No 76


As she recognized Judy's voice, she saw the mountain girl's head  and twisted shoulders outlined above the

windowsill.  A moment  more,  and Auntie Sue was at the window. 

"Shhh!" cautioned Judy.  "Don't wake 'em up.  I just naturally  got ter tell youall somethin', Auntie Sue;

but, I ain't awantin'  Mr. Burns an' that there Betty Jo woman ter hear.  I reckon I best  come through the

winder." 

Acting upon the word, she climbed carefully into the room. 

"Judy, child!  What?" 

The mountain girl interrupted Auntie Sue's tremulous whisper with:  "I'll tell hit ter you, ma'm, in a little bit, if

you'll just wait.  I  got ter see if they are sure 'nough asleepin' first, though." 

She stole silently from the room, to return a few minutes later.  "They are plumb asleep, both of 'em," she said

in a low tone, when  she had cautiously closed the door.  "I done opened the doors ter  their rooms, an' listened,

an' shet 'em again 'thout ary one of 'em  amovin' even.  I'll fix the winder, now, an' then we kin make a  light." 

Carefully, she closed the window and drew down the shade.  Then she  lit the lamp. 

Auntie Sue, who was sitting on the bed, looked at the girl in  bewildered amazement. 

With a nervous laugh, Judy fingered her torn dress and dishevelled  hair.  "I sure am a sight, ain't I, ma'm?  I

done hit acomin'  through the bresh in the dark.  But, don'tdon'tlook so kinder  lost like; youall ain't got

no call ter be scared of me." 

"Why, Judy, dear, I'm not afraid of you.  Come, child; tell me what  is the trouble." 

At the kindly manner and voice of the old gentlewoman, those black  eyes filled with tears, which, for the

moment, the mountain girl  stoically permitted to roll down her thin sallow cheeks unheeded.  Then, with a

quick resolute jerk of her twisted body, she drew her  dress sleeve across her face, and said:  "IIreckon I

couldn't  hate myself no worse'n I'm adoin'.  Hit seems like I been mighty  nigh plumb crazy; but, I just

naturally had ter come back an' tell  youall, 'cause youall been so good ter me." 

She placed a chair for Auntie Sue, and added:  "Youall best make  yourself comfertable, though, ma'm.  I'm

mighty nigh tuckered out  myself.  Hit's a right smart way from where pap's alivin' ter  here,  an' I done come

in a hurry." 

She dropped down on the floor, her back against the bed, and  clasped her knees in her hands, as Auntie Sue

seated herself. 

"Begin at the beginning, Judy, and tell me exactly what has  happened," said Auntie Sue. 

"Yes, ma'm, I will,that's what I was aimin' ter do when I made up  ter come back." 

And she did.  Starting with her observation of Brian and Betty Jo,  and her conviction of their love, she told of

her interview with  Brian the night she warned him not to let Betty Jo return, and  finished with the account of

her attack on Betty Jo that morning. 

Auntie Sue listened with amazement and pity.  Here, indeed, was a  wayward and troubled lifecurrent. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION. 74



Top




Page No 77


"But, Judy, Judy!" exclaimed the gentle old teacher, "you would not  really have pushed Betty Jo into the

river.  She would have been  drowned, child.  Surely, you did not mean to kill her, Judy." 

The girl wrung her hands, and her deformed body swayed to and fro  in the nervous intensity of her emotions.

But she answered,  stubbornly:  "That there was just what I was aimin' ter do.  I'd a  killed her, sure, if Mr.

Burns hadn't acome just when he did.  I  can't rightly tell how hit was, but hit seemed like there was  somethin'

inside of me what was amakin' me do hit, an' I couldn't,  somehow, help myself.  An'an'that ain't all,

ma'm; I done  worse'n  that," she continued in a low, moaning wail.  "Oh, my God  A'mighty!  Why didn't Mr.

Burns sling me inter the river an' let me  be smashed  an' drowned at Elbow Rock while he had me, 'stead of

lettin' me git  away ter do what I've gone an' done!" 

Auntie Sue's wonderful native strength enabled her to speak calmly:  "What is it you have done, Judy?  You

must tell me, child." 

The older woman's voice and manner steadied the girl, and she  answered more in her usual colorless

monotone, but still guarded so  as not to awaken the other members of the household:  "Hit seemed  like Mr.

Burns ketchin' me, like he did, an' me aseein' him with  her  in his arms, made me plumb crazymad, an' I

'lowed I'd fix hit  so's he  couldn't never have her nohow, so IIdone told pap 'bout  him bein'  Brian Kent

what had robbed that there bank, an' how there  was er lot  of rewardmoney awaitin' for anybody that'd tell

on  him." 

Auntie Sue was too shocked to speak.  Was it possible that, now,  when the real Brian Kent was so far

removed from the wretched bank  clerk; when his fine natural character and genius had become so

established, and his book was  No, no!  It could not be!  God  could  not let men be so cruel as to send Auntie

Sue's Brian Kent to  prison  because that other Brian Kent, tormented by wrong environment,  and  driven by an

evil combination of circumstances, had taken a few  dollars of the bank's money!  And Betty Jo  No, no!

Auntie Sue's  heart cried out in protest.  There must be some way.  She would find  some way.  The

bankerHomer Ward!  Auntie Sue's mind, alert and  vigorous as the mind of a woman of half her years,

caught at the  thought of her old friend and pupil.  She leaned forward in her  chair  over the girl who sat on the

floor at her feet, and her voice  was  strong and clear with the strength of the spirit which dominated  her  frail

body. 

"Judy, did you tell any one else besides your father?" 

"There wasn't nobody else ter tell," came the answer.  "An' pap, he  'lowed he'd kill me if I said anythin' ter

anybody 'fore he'd got  the  money.  He aims ter git hit all for hisself." 

"What will he do?  Will he go to Sheriff Knox?" 

"No, ma'm; pap, he 'lowed if he done that away, the Sheriff he'd  take most of the money.  Pap's agoin' right

ter that there bank  feller hisself." 

"Yes, yes!  Go on, Judy!" 

"You see, ma'm, I done remembered the name of the bank an' where  hit was an' Mr. Ward's name an' all, on

'count of that there money  letter what you done sent 'em an' us bein' so worried 'bout hit  never  gittin' there an'

all that.  An' pap, he knows er man over in  Gardner  what's on the railroad, you see, what'll let him have money

enough for  the trip,a lickerman, he is,an' pap's aimin' ter  make hit over  ter Gardner ter git the money in

time ter ketch that  there early  mornin' train.  Hit's a right smart way over the  mountains, but I  reckon's how

pap'll make hit.  Soon's pap left, I  got ter thinkin'  what I'd done, an' the more I studied 'bout hit,  'bout Mr.

Burns  ahavin' ter go ter prison, an' 'bout youall a  carin' for him the  way you does, an' 'bout how happy


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION. 75



Top




Page No 78


you was over  his book, an'an'how  good you'd been ter me,the sorrier I got,  'til I just couldn't stand

athinkin' 'bout hit no longer; an'  an'so I come fast as I could  ter tell you.  I 'lowed you'd make  out ter fix

hit some way soMr.  Burns won't have ter go ter  prison.  Couldn't youall sendsend a  telegraph ter the

bank man,  er somethin'?  I'd git it inter  Thompsonville for you, ma'm; an'  Mr. Burns, he needn't never know

nothin' 'bout hit." 

Auntie Sue was dressing when Judy finished speaking.  With a  physical strength that had its source in her

indomitable spirit,  she  moved about the room making the preparations necessary to her  plan,  and as she

worked she talked to the girl. 

"No, Judy, a telegram won't do.  I must go to Homer Ward myself.  That morning train leaves Thompsonville

at six o'clock.  You must  slip out of the house, and harness 'Old Prince' to the buggy as  fast  as you can.  You

will drive with me to Thompsonville, and  bring  'Prince' back.  You can turn him loose when you get near

home, and he  will come the rest of the way alone.  You must not let  Mr. Burns nor  Betty Jo see you, because

they mustn't know anything  about what you  have done.  Do you understand, child?" 

"Yes, ma'm," said Judy, eagerly.  She was on her feet now. 

"You can go to the neighbors and find some place to stay until I  return," continued Auntie Sue. 

"You don't need ter worry none 'bout me," said Judy.  "I kin take  care of myself, I reckon.  But ain't you plumb

seared ter go 'way  on  the cars alone an' you so old?" 

"Old!" retorted Auntie Sue.  "I have not felt so strong for twenty  years.  There is nothing for me to fear.  I will

be in St. Louis  tomorrow night, and in Chicago the next forenoon.  I guess I am  not  so helpless that I can't

make a little journey like this.  Homer Ward  shall never send my boy to prison,never,bank or no  bank!

Go on,  now, and get 'Prince' and the buggy ready.  We must  not miss that  train."  She pushed Judy from the

room, and again  cautioned her not to  awaken Brian or Betty Jo. 

When she had completed her preparations for the trip, Auntie Sue  wrote a short note to Betty Jo, telling her

that she had been  called  away suddenly, and that she would return in a few days, and  that she  was obliged to

borrow Betty Jo's pocketbook.  Grave as  she felt the  situation to be, Auntie Sue laughed to herself as she

pictured the  consternation of Betty Jo and Brian in the morning. 

Silently, the old lady stole into the girl's room to secure the  money she needed and to leave her letter.  Then,

as silently, she  left the house, and found Judy, who was waiting with "Old Prince"  and  the buggy, ready to

start. 

The station agent at Thompsonville was not a little astonished when  Auntie Sue and Judy appeared, and, with

the easy familiarity of an  old acquaintance greeted her with, "Howdy, Auntie Sue!  What in  thunder are you

doin' out this time of the day?  No bad news, I  hope?" 

"Oh, no, Mr. Jackson," Auntie Sue answered easily.  "I'm just going  to Chicago for a little visit with an old

friend." 

"Sort of a vacation, eh?" returned the man behind the window, as he  made out her ticket.  "Well, you sure

have earned one, Auntie Sue.  It's gittin' to be vacation time now, too.  Bunch of folks come in  yesterday to

stay at the clubhouse for a spell.  Pretty wild lot,  I'd  say,wimmen as well as the men.  I reckon them

clubhouse  parties  don't disturb you much, though, if you be their nearest  neighbor,do  they?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION. 76



Top




Page No 79


"They never have yet, Mr. Jackson," she returned.  "Their place is  on the other side of the river, and a mile

above my house, you  know.  I see them in their boats on The Bend, though, and once in a  while  they call on

me.  But the Elbow Rock rapids begin in front of  my  place, and the clubhouse people don't usually come that

far down  the  river." 

She turned to Judy, and, with the girl, went out of the waiting  room to the platform, where she whispered:

"You must start back  right away, Judy.  If your father is on the train, he might see  you." 

"What if pap ketches sight of youall?" Judy returned nervously. 

"He will not be so apt to notice me as he would you," she returned,  "even if he does catch a glimpse of me.

And it can't be helped if  he  does.  I'll be in Chicago as quick as he will, and I know I will  see  Mr. Ward first.

Go on now, dear, and don't let Mr. Burns or  Betty Jo  see you, and be a good girl.  I feel sure that everything

will be all  right." 

With a sudden awkward movement, poor Judy caught the old  gentlewoman's hand and pressed it to her lips;

then, turning, ran  toward the buggy. 

When the train arrived, the station agent came to help Auntie Sue  with her handbag aboard, and she managed

to keep her friend between  herself and the coaches, in case Jap Taylor should be looking from  a  window.  As

the conductor and the agent assisted her up the  steps, the  agent said:  "Mind you take good care of her, Bill.

Finest old lady  GodAlmighty ever made!  If you was to let anything  happen to her, you  best never show

yourself in this neighborhood  again; we'd lynch you,  sure!" 

The conductor found a good seat for his lovely old passenger, and  made her as comfortable as possible.  As he

punched her ticket, he  said, with a genial smile, which was the voluntary tribute paid to  Auntie Sue by all

men:  "You are not much like the passengers I  usually carry in this part of the country, ma'm.  They are mostly

a  rather roughlookin' lot." 

She smiled back at him, understanding perfectly his intended  compliment.  "They are good people, though,

sir,most of them.  Of  course, there are some who are a little wild, sometimes, I expect." 

The railroad man laughed again, shaking his head.  "I should say  so.  You ought to see the specimen I've got in

the smoker.  I  picked  him up back there at Gardner.  Perhaps you have heard of  himJap  Taylor.  He is about

the worst in the whole country, I  reckon." 

"I have heard of him," she returned.  "I do hope he won't come into  this coach." 

"Oh, he won't start anything on my train," laughed the man in blue  reassuringly.  "He would never come in

here, anyhow.  Them kind  always stay in the smoker.  Seems like they know where they belong.  He is

halfscared to death himself, anyway; he is going to Chicago,  too, and I'll bet it's the first time in his life he

has ever been  farther from these hills than Springfield." 

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE.

When Brian went to the barn the next morning he found "Old Prince"  standing at the gate.  While he was still

trying to find some  plausible explanation of the strange incident, after unharnessing  the  horse and giving him

his morning feed, an excited call from  Betty Jo  drew his attention.  With an answering shout, he started  for the

house.  The excited girl met him halfway, and gave him  Auntie Sue's  note. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. 77



Top




Page No 80


When Brian had read the brief and wholly inadequate message, they  stood looking at each other, too

mystified for speech.  Brian read  the note, again, aloud, speaking every word with slow distinctness.  "Well,

I'll be hanged!" he ejaculated, at the close of the  remarkable  communication, staring at Betty Jo. 

"It wouldn't in the least surprise me if we were both hanged before  night," returned Betty Jo.  "After this from

Auntie Sue, I am  prepared for anything.  What on earth DO you suppose has happened?" 

Brian shook his head:  "It is too much for me!" 

Together they went to the house, and the place seemed strangely  deserted.  Every possible explanation that

suggested itself, they  discussed and rejected. 

"One thing we can depend upon," said Brian, at last, when they had  exhausted the resources of their

combined imaginations:  "Auntie  Sue  knows exactly what she is doing, and she is doing exactly the  right

thing.  I suppose we will know all about it when she  returns." 

Betty Jo looked again at the note:  "'I will be back in a few  days,'" she read slowly.  "'Be good children, and

take care of  things.'" 

Again, they regarded each other wonderingly. 

Then Betty Jo broke the silence with an odd little laugh:  "I feel  like we were cast away on some desert island,

don't you?" 

"Something like that," Brian returned.  Then, to relieve the strain  of the situation, he added:  "I suppose 'Bess'

will have to be  milked  and the chores finished just the same." 

"And I'll get breakfast for us," agreed Betty Jo, as he started  back to the barn. 

In the safe seclusion of the stable, with no one but "Old Prince"  and "Bess" to witness his agitation, Brian

endeavored to bring his  confused and unruly thoughts under some sort of control. 

"Several days; several days."  The words repeated themselves with  annoying persistency.  And theyBetty Jo

and he, Brian Kentwere  to  "take care of things";they were to keep house together;they  were  to live

together, alone,in the log house by the river,  alone.  She  was even then preparing their breakfast.  They

would  sit down at the  table alone.  And there would be dinner and supper;  and the  evening,just for them.

He would work about the place.  She would  attend to her household duties.  He would go to his  meals, and she

would be there expecting him,waiting for him.  And when the tasks of  the day were finished, they would sit

on the  porch to watch the coming  of the night,Betty Jo and he, Brian  Kent"What in God's name," the

man demanded of the indifferent  "Bess," did Auntie Sue mean by placing  him in such a situation?  Did she

think him more than human? 

It had not been easy for Brian to maintain that barrier between  himself and Betty Jo, even with the constant

help of Auntie Sue's  presence.  Many, many times he had barely saved himself from  declaring his love; and,

now, he was asked to live with her in the  most intimate companionship possible. 

For the only time in his life Brian Kent was almost angry at Auntie  Sue.  "By all that was consistent, and

reasonable, and merciful,  and  safe," he told himself, "if it was absolutely necessary for the  dear  old lady to

disappear so mysteriously, why had she not taken  Betty Jo  along?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. 78



Top




Page No 81


In the meantime, while Brian was confiding his grievances to his  fourfooted companions in the barn, Betty

Jo was expressing herself  in the kitchen. 

"Betty Jo," she began, as she raked the ashes from the stove  preparatory to building the fire, "it appears to me

that you have  some serious considering to do, and"with a glance toward the  barn,  as she went out to empty

the ashpan"you must do it quickly  before  that man comes for his breakfast.  You were very right, last

night, in  your decision, to go away.  It is exactly what you should  have done.  I am more than ever convinced

of that, this morning.  But you can't go  now.  Even if Auntie Sue had not taken your  pocketbook and every

penny in it, you couldn't run away with  Auntie Sue herself gone.  If  she hadn't wanted you to stay right  here

for some very serious reason,  Betty Jo, she would have taken  you with her last night.  Auntie Sue  very

pointedly and definitely  expects you to be here when she returns.  And she will be away  several

days,several days, Betty Jo."  She  repeated the words in  a whisper.  "And during those several days, you  are

to keep house  for the man you love;the man who loves you;the  man whom you  must keep from telling

you his love,no matter how your  heart  pleads for him to tell you, you must not permit him to speak.  He

will be coming in to breakfast in a few minutes, and you will sit  down at the table with him,across the

table from him,facing  him,Betty Jo,just like" 

She looked in the little mirror that hung beside the kitchen  window, and, with dismay, saw her face flushed

with color that was  not caused by the heat of the stove.  "And you will be forced to  look  at him across the

table, and he will look at you,andand  you must  not," she stamped her foot,"you dare not look like

THAT, Betty Jo. 

"And then there will be the dinner that you will cook for him, and  the supper; and the evenings on the porch.

O Lord! Betty Jo, what  ever will you do?  How will you ever save the fineness of your  love?  If you were

afraid to trust yourself with the help of Auntie  Sue's  presence, what in the world can you do without

herand you  actually  keeping house with him?  Oh, Auntie Sue!  Auntie Sue!" she  groaned,  "you are the

dearest woman in the world and the best and  wisest, but  you have blundered terribly this time!  Why DID you

do  such a thing!  It is not fair to him!  It is not fair to me!  It is  not fair to our  love! 

"All of which,"the practical Betty Jo declared a moment later,  wiping her eyes on the corner of her apron,

and going into the  other  room to set the table for breakfast,"all of which, Betty  Jo, does  not in the least

help matters, and only makes you more  nervous and  upset than you are. 

"One thing is certain sure," she continued, while her hands were  busy with the dishes and the table

preparations:  "If we can endure  this test, we need never, never, never fear that anything nor  anybody  can

ever, ever make us doubt the genuineness of our love.  Auntie Sue  has certainly arranged it most beautifully

for Brian  Kent and Betty Jo  Williams to become thoroughly acquainted." 

Betty Jo suddenly paused in her work, and stood very still:  "I  wonder," she said slowly,"can it be,is it

possible,what if  Auntie Sue has brought about this situation for that very reason?" 

"Breakfast ready?" cried Brian at the kitchendoor, and his voice  was so hearty and natural that the girl

answered as naturally:  "It  will be as soon as you are ready for it.  I forget, do you like  your  eggs three minutes

or four?" 

They really managed that breakfast very well, even if they did sit  opposite each other so that each was forced

to look straight across  the table into the face of the other.  Or, perhaps, it was because  they looked at each

other so straight and square and frankly honest  that the breakfast went so well. 

And because the breakfast went so well, they managed the dinner and  the supper also. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. 79



Top




Page No 82


"I have been thinking," said Brian at the close of their evening  meal, looking straight into the gray eyes over

the table, "perhaps  it  might be better for you to stay at neighbor Tom's until Auntie  Sue  returns.  I'll hitch up

'Old Prince' and drive you over, if you  say.  Or, we might find some neighbor woman to come here to live

with us,  if you prefer." 

"You don't like my housekeeping, then?" asked Betty Jo. 

"Like it!" exclaimed Brian; and the tone of his voice approached  the dangerpoint. 

Betty Jo said quickly:  "I'll tell you exactly what I think, Mr.  Burns:  Auntie Sue said we were to be good

children, and take care  of  things until she returned.  She did not say for me to shirk my  part by  going to

neighbor Tom's or by having any one come here.  Don't you  think we can do exactly what Auntie Sue said?" 

"Yes," returned Brian, heartily; "I am sure we can.  And do you  know,come to think about it,I believe

the dear old lady would  be  disappointed in us both if we dodged ourwell," he finished  with

emphasis,"our responsibilities." 

And after that, somehow, the evening on the porch went as well as  the breakfast and dinner and supper had

gone. 

It was the second day of their housekeeping that Betty Jo noticed  smoke coming from the stone chimney of

the clubhouse up the river.  She reported her observation to Brian when he came in from his work  for dinner.

During the afternoon, they both saw boats on the quiet  waters of The Bend, and at supper told each other

what they had  seen.  And in the evening they together watched the twinkling  lights of the  clubhouse windows,

and once they heard voices and  laughter from  somewhere on the river as though a boating party were  making

merry. 

Two days later, Brian and Betty Jo were just finishing dinner when  a step sounded on the porch, and a man

appeared in the open  doorway. 

The stranger was dressed in the weird and flashy costume considered  by his class to be the proper thing for an

outing in the country,  and  his face betrayed the sad fact that, while he was mentally,  spiritually, and

physically greatly in need of a change from the  unclean atmosphere that had made him what he was, he was

incapable  of  benefiting by more wholesome conditions of living.  He was, in  fact, a  perfect specimen of that

type of clubman who, in order to  enjoy fully  the beautiful life of God's unspoiled world, must needs  take with

him  all of the sordid and vicious life of that world  wherein he is most at  home. 

With no word of greeting, he said, with that superior air which so  many city folk assume when addressing

those who live in the  country:  "Have you people any fresh vegetables or eggs to sell?" 

Brian and Betty Jo arose, and Brian, stepping forward, said, with  a smile:  "No, we have nothing to sell here;

but I think our  neighbor, Mr. Warden, just over the hill, would be glad to supply  you.  Won't you come in?" 

The man stared at Brian, turned an appraising eye on Betty Jo; then  looked curiously about the room. 

"I beg your pardon," he said, removing his cap, "I thought, when I  spoke, that you were natives.  My name is

Green,Harry Green.  There  is a party of us stopping at the clubhouse, up the river,  there;just  out for a bit

of a good time, you know.  We are from  St. Louis,first  time any of us were ever in the Ozarks,friends  of

mine own the  clubhouse." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE. 80



Top




Page No 83


"My name is Burns," returned Brian.  "We noticed your boats on the  river.  You are enjoying your outing, are

you?" 

Again the man looked curiously from Brian to Betty Jo.  "Oh, yes;  we can stand it for awhile," he answered.

"We're a pretty jolly  bunch, you see;know how to keep things going.  It would kill me  if  I had to live here

in this lonesome hole very long, though.  Don't you  find it rather slow, Mrs. Burns?" 

Poor Betty Jo's face turned fairly crimson.  She could neither  answer the stranger nor meet his gaze, but stood

with downcast  eyes;then looked at Brian appealingly. 

But Brian was as embarrassed as Betty Jo; while the stranger, as he  regarded them, smiled with an expression

of insolent understanding. 

"I guess I have made another mistake," he said, with a meaning  laugh. 

"You have," returned Brian, sharply, stepping forward as he spoke;  for the man's manner was unmistakable.

"Be careful, sir, that you  do  not make another." 

Mr. Green spoke quickly, with an airy wave of his hand:  "No  offense; no offense, I assure you."  Then as he

moved toward the  door, he added, still with thinly veiled insolence:  "I beg your  pardon for intruding.  I

understand, perfectly.  Goodafternoon,  Mr.  Burns!  Goodafternoon, miss!" 

Brian followed him out to the porch; and the caller, as he went  down the steps, turned back with another

understanding laugh:  "I  say, Burns, you are a lucky devil.  Don't worry about me, old man.  I  envy you, by

Jove!  Charming little nest.  Come over to the club  some  evening.  Bring the little girl along, and help us to

have a  good  time.  Solong!" 

Mr. Harry Green probably never knew how narrowly he escaped being  manhandled by the enraged but

helpless Brian. 

Brian remained on the porch until he saw the man, in his boat,  leave the eddy at the foot of the garden and

row away up the river. 

In the house, again, the two faced each other in dismay. 

Betty Jo was first to recover:  "I am sure that it is quite time  for Auntie Sue to come home and take charge of

her own household  again.  Don't you think so, Mr. Burns?" 

And Brian Kent most heartily agreed. 

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW.

The members of the clubhouse party were amusing themselves that  afternoon in the various ways peculiar to

their kind. 

At one end of the wide veranda overlooking the river a group sat at  a card table.  At the other end of the

roomy lounging place, men  and  women, lying at careless ease in steamerchairs and hammocks,  were

smoking and chatting about such things as are of interest only  to that  strange class who are educated to make

idleness the chief  aim and end  of their existence.  On the broad steps leading down to  the  treeshaded lawn,

which sloped gently to the boat landing at  the  river's edge, still other members of the company were scattered


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 81



Top




Page No 84


in  characteristic attitudes.  Across the river, in the shade of the  cottonwoods that overhang the bank, a man

and a woman in a boat  were  ostensibly fishing.  In a hammock strung between two trees, a  little  way from the

veranda, lay a woman, reading. 

Now and then a burst of shrill laughter broke the quiet of the  surrounding forest.  A man on the steps called a

loud suggestive  jest  to the pair in the boat, and the woman waved her handkerchief  in  answer.  The

cardplayers argued and laughed over a point in  their  game.  Some one shouted into the house for Jim, and a

negro  man in  white jacket appeared.  When the people on the veranda had  expressed  their individual tastes,

the one who had summoned the  servant called  to the woman in the hammock under the tree, "What is  yours,

Martha?" 

Without looking up from her book, the woman waved her hand, and  answered, "I am not drinking this time.

Thanks." 

A chorus of derisive shouts and laughter came from the veranda.  But the woman went on reading.  "Oh, let

her alone!" protested some  one, goodnaturedly.  "She was going a little strong, last night.  She'll be all right

by and by, when she gets started again." 

The negro, Jim, had returned with his loaded tray, and was passing  among the members of the company with

his assortment of glasses,  when  some one called attention to Harry Green, who was just pulling  his  boat up to

the landing after his visit to the little log house  down  the river. 

A boisterous chorus greeted the boatman:  "Hello, Harry!  Did you  find anything?  You're just in time.  What'll

you have?" 

With a wave of greeting, the man fastened his boat to the landing,  and started up the slope. 

"He'll have a Scotch, of course!" said some one.  "Did anybody ever  know him to take anything else?  Go and

get it, Jim.  He'll be  nearly  dead for a drink after rowing all that distance." 

The woman in the hammock lowered her book, and lay watching the man  as he came up the path toward the

steps. 

Harry Green, who, apparently, was a person of importance among  them, seated himself in an easy chair on

the veranda, and accepted  the glass proffered by Jim. 

"Did you find any eggs, Harry?" demanded one.  The man first  refreshed himself with a long drink; then

looked around with a grin  of amused appreciation:  "I didn't get any eggs," he said; "but I  found the nest all

right." 

A shout of laughter greeted the reply. 

"What sort of nest, Harry?  Duck?  Turkey?  Hen?  Dove?  Or  rooster?" came from different members of the

chorus. 

Raising his glass as though offering a toast, he answered:  "Love!  my children; love!" 

A yell of delight came from the company, accompanied by a volley  of:  "A lovenest!  Well, what do you

know about that!  Good boy,  Harry!  Takes Harry to find a lovenest!  He's the boy to send for  eggs!  I should

say, yes!  Martha will like that!  Oh, won't she!" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 82



Top




Page No 85


This last remark turned their attention toward the woman in the  hammock, and they called to her:  "Martha!

Oh, Martha!  Come here!  You better look after Harry!  Harry has found a lovenest!  Told  you  something

would happen if you let him go away alone!" 

Putting aside her book, the woman came to join the company on the  veranda. 

She was rather a handsome woman, but with a suggestion of  coarseness  in form and features, though her face,

in spite of its  tooevident  signs of dissipation, was not a bad face. 

Seating herself on the top step, with her back against the post in  an attitude of careless abandonment, she

looked up at the negro who  stood grinning in the doorway.  "Bring me a highball, Jim: you know  my kind."

Then to the company:  "Somebody give me a cigarette." 

Harry tossed a silver case in her lap.  Another man, who sat near,  leaned over her with a lighted match. 

Expelling a generous cloud of smoke from her shapely lips, she  demanded:  "What is this you are all shouting

about Harry having  another lovenest?" 

During the answering chorus of boisterous laughter and jesting  remarks, she drank the liquor which the negro

brought. 

Then Harry, pointing out Auntie Sue's house, which was easily  visible from where they sat, related his

experience.  And among the  many conjectures, and questions, and comments offered, no one  suggested even

that the man and the woman living in that little log  house by the river might be entirely innocent of the

implied  charge.  For those who are themselves guilty, to assume the guilt  of others is  very natural and

altogether human. 

In the moment's quiet which followed the arrival of a fresh supply  of drinks, the woman called Martha said:

"But what is the man  like,  Harry?  You have enthused quite enough about the girl.  Suppose you  tell us about

the man in the case." 

Harry gave a very good description of Brian Kent. 

"Oh, damn!" suddenly cried Martha, shaking her skirt vigorously.  She had spilled some of the liquor from her

glass. 

A woman on the outer edge of the circle whispered to her nearest  neighbor, and a hush fell over the group. 

"Well," said Martha, drinking the liquor remaining in her glass,  "why the devil don't we find out who they

are, if we are so  curious?" 

"Find out!  How?  We'll find out a lot!  What would you do,ask  them their names and where they are from?"

came from the company. 

"It is easy enough," retorted Martha.  "There is that native girl  that Molly picked up the day we landed here to

help her in the  kitchen.  She must belong in this neighborhood somewhere.  I'll bet  she can tell us something.

What is her name?" 

"Judy,Judy Taylor.  Great idea!  Good!  Send her out here, Jim,"  responded the others. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 83



Top




Page No 86


When the deformed mountain girl appeared before them, she looked  from face to face with such a frightened

and excited expression on  her sallow, oldyoung features, and such a wild light in her black  beady eyes, that

they regarded her with silent interest. 

Judy spoke first, and her shrill monotone emphasized her excited  state of mind:  "That there nigger said as

how Missus Kent was a  wantin' ter see me.  Be ary one of youuns sure 'nough Missus Kent?" 

The group drew apart a little, and every face was turned from Judy  to the woman sitting on the top step of the

veranda with her back  against the post. 

Judy went slowly toward the woman, her beady eyes fixed and staring  as though at some ghostly vision.  The

woman rose to her feet as  Judy  paused before her. 

"Be youall Brian Kent's woman?" demanded Judy. 

The excited exclamation from the company and the manner of the  woman suddenly aroused the mountain girl

to a realization of what  she  had done in speaking Brian Kent's name.  With an expression of  frightened

dismay, she turned to escape; but the group of intensely  interested spectators drew closer.  Every one waited

for Martha to  speak. 

"Yes," she said, slowly, watching the mountain girl; "I am Mrs.  Brian Kent.  Do you know my husband?" 

Judy's black beady eyes shifted slyly from one face to another, and  her twisted body moved uneasily. 

"No, ma'm; I ain't asayin' I knows him exactly.  I done heard tell  'bout him nigh 'bout a year ago, when there

was some men from the  city come through here ahuntin' him.  Everybody 'lows as how he  was  drowned at

Elbow Rock." 

"The body was never found, though," murmured one of the men in the  group. 

"Who lives in that little log house over there, Judy?" Harry Green  asked suddenly, pointing. 

"There?  Oh, that there's Auntie Sue's place.  I 'lowed everybody  knowed that," returned the girl. 

"Who is Auntie Sue?" came the next question. 

One of the women answered, before Judy could speak:  "Auntie Sue  is that oldmaid schoolteacher they told

us about.  Don't you  remember, Harry?" 

"Is Auntie Sue at home now, girl?" asked Mrs. Kent. 

Judy's gaze was fixed on the ground as she replied:  "I don't know,  ma'm.  I ain't got no truck with anybody on

yon side the river." 

"Is there any one living with Auntie Sue?" asked some one; and in  the same breath from another came the

question, "Who is Mr. Burns?" 

Judy jerked her twisted shoulders and threw up her head with an  impatient defiance, as she returned shrilly:

"I'm atellin' youuns  I  don't know nothin' 'bout nobody.  Hit ain't no sort er use for  youuns  ter pester me.  I

don't know nothin' 'bout hit, an' I  wouldn't tell  youuns nothin' if I did." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 84



Top




Page No 87


And with this, the mountain girl escaped into the house. 

While her friends on the veranda were looking at each other in  questioning silence, Mrs. Kent, without a

word, turned and walked  away into the woods. 

As she disappeared among the trees, one of the men said, in a low  tone:  "You better go after her, Harry.  She

is on, all right, that  it's Brian Kent.  She never did believe that story about his death,  you know.  There is no

knowing what she'll do when she gets to  thinking it all over." 

"It is a darned shame," exclaimed one of the women, "to have our  party spoiled like this!" 

"Spoiled nothing," answered another.  "Martha is too good a sport  to spoil anything.  Go on, Harry.  Cheer her

up.  Bring her back  here.  We'll all help get her good and drunk tonight, and she'll  be  all right." 

There was a laugh at this, and some one said:  "A little something  wouldn't hurt any of us just now, I'm

thinking.  Here, Jim!" 

Harry Green found Mrs. Kent sitting on the riverbank some distance  above the boat landing. 

She looked up at the sound of his approach, but did not speak.  Dropping down beside her, the man said:  "I'm

damned sorry about  this, Martha.  I never dreamed I was starting anything, or I would  have kept my mouth

shut." 

"It is Brian, all right, Harry," she answered, slowly.  "It is  funny, but he has been on my mind all day.  I never

dreamed that it  was this part of the country where he was supposed to have been  drowned, or I wouldn't have

come here." 

"Well, what does it matter, anyway?" returned the man.  "I don't  see that it can make any difference.  We don't

need to go down  there  where he is, and it is damned certain that they won't call on  us." 

Looking out over the river, the woman spoke as if thinking aloud:  "This is just the sort of place he would

love, Harrythe river and  hills and woods.  He never cared for the cityalways wanted to get  away into the

country somewhere.  Tell me, what is she really like?  Does she look likelikewell,like any of our

crowd?" 

One by one, the man picked a number of pebbles from among the dead  leaves and the short grass within

reach of his hand, as he  answered:  "Oh, I was just kidding when I raved about her to the  bunch."  One by  one,

he flipped the bits of stone into the water.  "She really doesn't  amount to much.  Honestly, I hardly noticed

her." 

The woman continued speaking as though thinking her thoughts aloud:  "Brian was a good man, Harry.  That

bank affair was really my  fault.  He never would have done such a thing if I hadn't devilled  him all  the time

for more money, and made such a fuss about his  wasting so  much time in his everlasting writing.  I'd hate to

have  him caught and  sent to the 'pen' now." 

"You're a good sport, Martha," he returned heartily.  "I know just  how you feel about it.  And I can promise

you that there is not one  of our crowd that will ever whisper a thing.  They are not that  kind,  and you know

how they all like you.  Come, dear.  Don't  bother your  head about it any more.  I don't like to see you like  this.

Let us go  up to the house, and show them how game you are,  shall we?" 

He put his arm about her, but the woman gently pushed him away.  "Don't do that, now, Harry.  Let me think." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 85



Top




Page No 88


"That is just what you must not do," he retorted, with a laugh.  "Thinking can't help matters.  Come, let us go

get a drink.  That  is  what you need." 

She looked at him some time before she answered; then, with a quick  movement, she sprang to her feet: 

"All right!  You're on!" she cried, with a reckless laugh.  "But  you'll go some if you keep up with me

tonight." 

And so, that evening, while Brian Kent and Betty Jo from the porch  of the little log house by the river

watched the twinkling lights  of  the clubhouse windows, the party with mad merriment tried to  help a  woman

to forget. 

But save for the unnatural brightness of her eyes and the  heightened color in her face, drink seemed to have

little effect on  Martha Kent that night.  When at a late hour the other members of  the  wild company, in various

flushed and dishevelled stages of  intoxication, finally retired to their rooms, Martha, in her  apartment, seated

herself at the window to look away over the calm  waters of The Bend to a single light that showed against the

dark  mountainside.  The woman did not know that the light she saw was in  Brian Kent's room. 

Long after Betty Jo had said goodnight, Brian walked the floor in  uneasy wakefulness.  The meeting with the

man Green and his too  evident thoughts as to the relations of the man and woman who were  living together

in the log house by the river filled Brian with  alarm; while the very presence of the man from the city awoke

old  apprehensions that in his months of undisturbed quiet in Auntie  Sue's  backwoods home had almost ceased

to be.  Through Auntie Sue's  teaching  and influence; his work on his book; the growing  companionship of

Betty Jo and their love, Brian had almost ceased  to think of that  absconding bank clerk who had so recklessly

launched himself on a  voyage to the unknown in the darkness of that  dreadful night.  But,  now, it all came

back to him with menacing  strength. 

The man, Green, would talk to his companions of his visit to the  log house that afternoon.  He would tell what

he had discovered.  Curiosity would lead others of the clubhouse party to call.  Some  one  might remember the

story of the bank clerk, who was supposed to  have  lost his life in that neighborhood, but whose body was

never  found.  There might even be one in the party who knew the former  clerk.  Through them the story would

go back to the outside world.  There  would be investigations by those whose business it was never  to forget  a

criminal who had escaped the law. 

Brian felt his ReCreation to be fully established; but what if his  identity should be discovered before the

restitution he would make  should be also accomplished?  And always, as he paced to and fro in  his little room

in the log house, there was, like a deep undercurrent  in the flow of his troubled thought, his love for Betty Jo. 

It is little wonder that, to Brian Kent, that night, the voices of  the river were filled with fearful doubt and

sullen, dreadful  threatenings. 

And what of the woman who watched the tiny spot of light that  marked the window of the room where the

recreated Brian Kent kept  his lonely vigil?  Did she, too, hear the voices of the river?  Did  she feel the

presence of that stream which poured its dark flood so  mysteriously through the night between herself and the

man yonder? 

Away back, somewhere in the past, the currents of their lives in  the onward flow of the river had drawn

together.  For a period of  time, their lifecurrents had mingled, and, with the stream, had  swept onward as

one.  Other influencesswirls and eddies and  countercurrents of other liveshad touched and intermingled

until  the current that was the man and the current that was the woman had  drawn apart.  For months, they had

not touched; and, now, they were  drawing nearer to each other again.  Would they touch?  Would they  again


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW. 86



Top




Page No 89


mingle and become one?  What was this mysterious, unseen,  unknown, but alwaysfelt, power of the river

that sets the ways of  its countless currents as it sweeps ever onward in its unceasing  flow? 

The door of her room opened.  Harry Green entered as one assured of  a welcome.  The woman at the window

turned her head, but did not  move.  Going to her, the man, with an endearing word, offered a  caress; but she

put him aside.  "Please, Harry,please let me be  alone tonight?" 

"Why, Martha, dear!  What is wrong?" he protested, again attempting  to draw her to him. 

Resisting more vigorously, she answered:  "Everything is wrong!  You are wrong!  I am wrong!  All life is

wrong!  Can't you  understand?  Please leave me." 

The man drew back, and spoke roughly in a tone of disgust:  "Hell!  I believe you love that bank clerk as much

as you ever did!" 

"Well, and suppose that were true, Harry?" she answered, wearily.  "Suppose it were true,that I did still

love my husband?  Could  that  make any difference now?  Can anything ever make any  difference now?  You

will tire of me before long, just as you have  grown tired of the  others who were before me.  Don't you suppose

I  know?  You and our  friends have taught me many things, Harry.  I  know, now, that Brian's  dreams were

right.  That his dreams could  never be realized, does not  make them foolish nor wrong.  His  dreams that

seemed so foolishsuch  impossible idealswere more  real, after all, than this life that we  think so real.  WE

are the  dreamers,we and our kind,and our  awakening is as sure to come  as that river out there is sure of

reaching the sea." 

The man laughed harshly:  "You are quite poetical, tonight.  I  believe I like you better, though, when you talk

sense." 

"I am sorry, Harry," she returned.  "Please don't be cross with me!  Go now,please go!" 

And something forced the man to silence.  Slowly, he left the room.  The woman locked the door.  Returning to

the window, she fell on  her  knees, and stretched her hands imploringly toward the tiny spot  of  light that still

shone against the dark shadow of the mountain  side. 

Between the mighty walls of treeclad hills that lifted their  solemn crests into the midnight sky, the dark river

poured the  sombre  strength of its innumerable currents,terrible in its awful  power;  dreadful, in its

mysterious and unseen forces; irresistible  in its  ceaseless, onward rush to the sea of its final and infinite

purpose! 

And here and there on the restless, evermoving surface of the  shadowy, neverending flood twinkled the

reflection of a star. 

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK.

The President of the Empire Consolidated Savings Bank looked up  from the papers on his desk as his

secretary entered from the  adjoining room and stood before him. 

"Well, George?" 

The secretary smiled as he spoke:  "Mr. Ward, there is an old lady  out here who insists that you will see her.

The boys passed her on  to me, because,well, she is not the kind of woman that can be  refused.  She has no


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. 87



Top




Page No 90


card, but her name is Wakefield.  She" 

The dignified President of the Empire Consolidated Savings Bank  electrified his secretary by springing from

his chair like a  schoolboy from his seat at the tap of the teacher's dismissing  bell.  "Auntie Sue!  I should say

she couldn't be refused!  Where  is she?"  And before the secretary could collect his startled  thoughts to  answer,

Homer T. Ward was out of the room. 

When the smiling secretary, the stenographers, and other attending  employees had witnessed a meeting

between their dignified chief and  the lovely old lady, which strengthened their conviction that the  great

financier was genuinely human, President Ward and Auntie Sue  disappeared into the private office. 

"George," said Mr. Ward, as he closed the door of that sacred inner  sanctuary of the Empire Consolidated

Savings Bank, "remember I am  not  in to any one;from the Secretary of the Treasury to the  Sheriff, I  am

not in." 

"I understand, sir," returned the still smiling George.  And from  that moment until Homer T. Ward should

open the door, nothing short  of a regiment could have interrupted the interview between Auntie  Sue  and her

old pupil. 

Placing the dear old lady tenderly in a deep, leatherupholstered  chair, Mr. Ward stood before her as though

trying to convince  himself  that she was real; while his teacher of those longago,  boyhood days  gazed

smilingly up at him. 

"What in the name of all that is unexpected are you doing here,  Auntie Sue?" he demanded; "and why is not

Betty Jo with you?  Isn't  the girl ever coming home?  There is nothing the matter with her,  is  there?  Of course

not, or you would have wired me." 

It was not at all like the bank president to ask so many questions  all at once. 

Auntie Sue looked around the private office curiously, then  smilingly back to the face of the financier. 

"Do you know, Homer," she said with her chuckling little laugh,  "IIam almost afraid of you in here.

Everything is so grand and  richlooking; and there were so many men out there who tried to  tell  me you

would not see me.  II am glad I didn't know it would  be like  this, or I fear I never could have found the

courage to  come." 

Homer T. Ward laughed, and thenrather fullwaisted as he was  went down on one knee at the arm of

her chair so as to bring his  face  level with her eyes. 

"Look at me, Auntie Sue," he said; "look straight through me, just  as you used to do years and years ago, and

tell me what you see." 

And the dear old lady, with one thin soft hand on his heavy  shoulder, answered, as she looked:  "Why, I see a

rather naughty  boy,  whom I ought to spank for throwing spitballs at the old  schoolroom  ceiling," she retorted.

"And I am not a bit afraid to  do it either.  So sit right over there, sir, and listen to me." 

They laughed together then; and if Auntie Sue wiped her eyes as the  schoolboy obediently took his seat in the

big chair at the banker's  desk, Homer T. Ward's eyes were not without a suspicious moisture. 

"Tell me about Betty Jo first," the man insisted.  "You know,  Auntie Sue, the girl grows dearer to me every

year." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. 88



Top




Page No 91


"Betty Jo is that kind of a girl, Homer," Auntie Sue answered. 

"I suppose it is because she is all I have to love," he said, "but,  you know, ever since Sister Grace died and

left the fatherless  little  kid to me, it seems like all my plans have centered around  her; and  now that she has

finished her school; has travelled  abroad, and gone  through with that businesscollege course, I am  beginning

to feel like  we should sort of settle down together.  I  am glad for her to be with  you this summer, though, for

the  finishing touches; and when she comes  home to stay, you are coming  with her." 

Auntie Sue shook her head, smiling:  "Now, Homer, you know that is  settled:  I will never leave my little log

house by the river until  I  have watched the last sunset.  You know, my dear boy, that I  would be  miserable in

the city." 

It was an old point often argued by them, and the man dismissed it,  now, with a brief:  "We'll see about that

when the time comes.  But,  why didn't you bring Betty Jo with you?" 

"Because," Auntie Sue answered, "I came away hurriedly, on a very  important trip, for only a day, and it is

necessary for her to stay  and keep house while I am gone.  The child must learn to cook,  Homer,  even if she is

to inherit all your money." 

"I know," answered the banker;"the same as you make me work when  I visit you.  But your coming to me

sounds rather serious, Auntie  Sue.  What is your trouble?" 

The dear old lady laughed, nervously; for, to tell the truth, she  did not quite know how she was going to

manage to present Brian  Kent's case to Homer T. Ward without presenting more than she was  at  this time

ready to reveal. 

"Why, you see, Homer," she began, "it is not really my trouble as  much as it is yours, and it is not yours as

much as it is" 

"Betty Jo's?" he asked quickly, when she hesitated. 

"No! no!" she cried.  "The child doesn't even know why I am here.  Just try to forget her for a few minutes,

Homer." 

"All right," he said; "but you had me worried for a minute." 

Auntie Sue might have answered that she was somewhat worried  herself; but, instead, she plunged with

desperate courage:  "I came  to see you about Brian Kent, Homer." 

It is not enough to say that the President of the Empire  Consolidated  Savings Bank was astonished.  "Brian

Kent?" he said at  last.  "Why,  Auntie Sue, I wrote you nearly a year ago that Brian Kent  was dead." 

"Yes, I know; but he was notthat is, he is not.  But the Brian  Kent your detectives were hunting wasI

meanis." 

Homer T. Ward looked at his old teacher as though he feared she had  suddenly lost her mind. 

"It is like this, Homer," Auntie Sue explained:  "A few days after  your detective, Mr. Ross, called on me, this

stranger appeared in  the  neighborhood.  No one dreamed that he was Brian Kent, because,  you  see, he was not

a bit like the description." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. 89



Top




Page No 92


"Full beard, I suppose?" commented the banker, grimly. 

"Yes: and every other way," continued Auntie Sue.  "And he has been  working so hard all winter; and

everybody in the country respects  and  loves him so; and he is one of the best and truest men I ever  knew;  and

he is planning and working to pay back every cent he  took; and I  cannotI will notlet you send him to

prison now." 

The lovely old eyes were fixed on the banker's face with sweet  anxiety. 

Homer T. Ward was puzzled.  Strange human problems are often  presented to men in his position; but,

certainly, this was the  strangest;his old teacher pleading for his absconding clerk who  was  supposed to be

dead. 

At last he said, with gentle kindness:  "But, why did you come to  tell me about him, Auntie Sue?  He is safe

enough if no one knows  who  he is." 

"That is it!" she cried.  "Some one found out about him, and is  coming here to tell you, for the reward." 

The banker whistled softly.  "And youyougrabbed a train, and  beat 'em to it!" he exclaimed.  "Well, if

that doesn't" 

Auntie Sue clasped her thin hands to her breast, and her sweet  voice trembled with anxious fear:  "You won't

send that poor boy to  prison, now, will you, Homer?  Ititwould kill me if such a  terrible thing were to

happen now.  Won't you let him go free, so  that he can do his work,won't you, Homer?  II"  The strain

of  her anxiety was almost too much for the dear old gentlewoman's  physical strength, and as her voice failed,

the tears streamed down  the soft cheeks unheeded. 

In an instant the bank president was again on his knees beside her  chair. 

"Don't, Auntie Sue: don't, dear!  Why, you know I would do anything  in the world you asked, even if I wanted

to send the fellow up; but  I  don't.  I wouldn't touch him for the world.  It is a thousand  times  better to let him

go if he is proving himself an honest man.  Please,  dear, don't feel so.  Why, I will be glad to let him off.  I'll

help  him, Auntie Sue.  IIam as glad as you are that we  didn't get him.  Please don't feel so about it.  There,

there,it  is all right, now." 

So he comforted and reassured her until she was able to smile  through her tears.  "I knew I could depend on

you, Homer." 

A few minutes later, she said:  "And what about that man who is  coming to claim the reward, Homer?" 

"Never you mind him!" cried the banker; "I'll fix that.  But, tell  me, Auntie Sue, where is young Kent now?" 

"He is working in the neighborhood," she returned. 

He looked at her shrewdly.  "You have seen a lot of him, have you?" 

"I have seen him occasionally," she answered.  Homer T. Ward nodded  his head, as if well pleased with

himself.  "You don't need to tell  me any more.  I understand, now, exactly.  It is very clear what  has  reformed

Brian Kent; you have been up to your old tricks.  It  is a  wonder you haven't taken him into your house to live

with  you,to  save him from associating with bad people." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. 90



Top




Page No 93


He laughed, and when Auntie Sue only smiled, as though humoring him  in his little joke, he added:  "By the

way, has Betty Jo seen this  latest patient of yours?  What does she think of his chances for  complete

recovery?" 

"Yes," Auntie Sue returned, calmly; "Betty Jo has seen him.  But,  really, Homer, I have never asked her what

she thought of him." 

"Do you know, Auntie Sue," said the banker, reflectively, "I never  did believe that Brian Kent was a criminal

at heart." 

"I know he is not," she returned stoutly.  "But, tell me, Homer,  how did it ever happen?" 

"Well, you see," he answered, "young Kent had a wife who couldn't  somehow seem to fit into his life.  Ross

never went into the  details  with me, fully, because that, of course, had no real  bearing on the  fact that he stole

the money from the bank.  But it  seems that the  youngster was rather ambitious,studied a lot  outside of

business  hours and that sort of thing.  I know he made  his own way through  business college before he came

to us.  The  wife didn't receive the  attention she thought she should have, I  suppose.  Perhaps she was  right at

that.  Anyway, she wanted a good  time;wanted him to take  her out more, instead of spending his  spare time

digging away at his  books.  And so it went the usual  way,she found other company.  Rather a gay set, I

fancy; at least  it led to her needing more money  than he was earning, and so he  helped out his salary, thinking

to pay  it back before he was  caught, I suppose.  Then the crash came,some  other man, you  know,and

Brian skipped, which, of course, put us next  to his  stealing.  I don't know what has become of the woman.  The

last  Ross knew of her she was living in St. Louis, and running with a  pretty wild bunch,glad to get rid of

Brian, I expect.  She  couldn't  have really cared so very much for him. 

"Do you know, Auntie Sue, I have seen so many cases like this one.  I have been glad, many times, that I

never married.  And then,  again,  sometimes, I have seen homes that have made me sorry I never  took the

chance.  I am glad you saved the boy, Auntie Sue: I am  mighty glad." 

"You have made me very happy, Homer," Auntie Sue returned.  "But  are you sure you can fix it about that

reward?  The man who is  coming  to claim it will make trouble, won't he, if he is not paid,  somehow?" 

"Yes, I expect he would," returned the president, thoughtfully.  "And my directors might have something to

say.  And there are the  Burns people and the Bankers' Association and all.  Hummm!" 

Homer T. Ward considered the matter a few moments, then he laughed.  "I'll tell you what we will do, Auntie

Sue; we will let Brian Kent  pay the reward himself.  That would be fair, wouldn't it?" 

Auntie Sue was sure that Brian would agree that it was a fair  enough arrangement; but she did not see how it

was to be managed. 

Then her old pupil explained that he would pay the rewardmoney to  the man who was coming to claim it,

and thus satisfy him, and that  the bank would hold the amount as a part of the debt which Brian  was  expected

to pay. 

Auntie Sue never knew that President Ward himself paid to the bank  the full amount of the money stolen by

Brian Kent in addition to  the  rewardmoney which he personally paid to Jap Taylor, in order  to quiet  him,

and thus saved Brian from the publicity that surely  would have  followed any other course. 

It should also be said here that Judy's father never again appeared  in the Ozarks; at least, not in the Elbow

Rock neighborhood.  It  might be that Jap Taylor was shrewd enough to know that his  reputation would not


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK. 91



Top




Page No 94


permit him to show any considerable sum of  money, where he was known, without starting an investigation;

and  for  men of his type investigations are never to be desired. 

Or it is not unlikely that the combination of money and the city  proved the undoing of the moonshiner, and

that he came to his  legitimate and logical end among the dives and haunts of his kind,  to  which he would

surely gravitate. 

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS.

The day following that night of Brian Kent's uneasy wakefulness was  a hard day for the man and the woman

in the little log house by the  river. 

For Brian, the morning dawned with a sense of impending disaster.  He left his room while the sky was still

gray behind the eastern  mountains, and the mist that veiled the brightness of the hills  seemed to hide in its

ghostly depths legions of shadowy spirits  that  from his past had assembled to haunt him.  The sombre aisles

and  caverns of the dimly lighted forest were peopled with shadowy  memories  of that life which he had hoped

would never again for him  awake.  And  the river swept through its gray world to the crashing  turmoil at

Elbow Rock like a thing doomed to seek forever in its  own irresistible  might the destruction of its everliving

self. 

As one moving in a world of dreams, he went about his morning's  work.  "Old Prince" whinnied his usual

greeting, but received no  answer.  "Bess" met him at the barnyard gate, but he did not speak.  The sun leaped

above the mountaintops, and the world was filled  with  the beauty of its golden glory.  From tree and bush

and  swaying weed,  from forest and pasture, and garden and willow  fringed riverbank,  the birds voiced

their happy greetings to the  new day.  But the man  neither saw nor heard. 

When he went to the house with his full milkpail, and Betty Jo met  him at the kitchendoor with her cheery

"Goodmorning!" he tried  resolutely to free himself from the mood which possessed him, but  only partially

succeeded.  Several times, as the two faced each  other  across the breakfast table, Brian saw the gray eyes

filled  with  questioning anxiety, as though Betty Jo, also, felt the  presence of  some forbidding spectre at the

meal. 

After several vain attempts to find something they could talk  about, Betty Jo boldly acknowledged the

situation by saying:  "What  in the world is the matter with us, this morning, Mr. Burns?  I am  possessed with

the feeling that there is some one or something  behind  me.  I want to look over my shoulder every minute." 

At her words, Brian involuntarily turned his head for a quick  backward glance. 

"There!" cried Betty Jo, with a nervous laugh, not at all like her  normal, wellpoised self.  "You feel it, too!" 

Brian forced a laugh in return:  "It is the weather, I guess."  He  tried to speak with casual ease.  "The

atmosphere is full of  electricity this morning.  We'll have a thunderstorm before night,  probably." 

"And was it the electricity in the air that kept you tramping up  and down your room last night until almost

morning?" she demanded  abruptly, with her characteristic opposition to any evasion of the  question at issue. 

Brian retorted with a smile:  "And how do you know that I tramped  up and down my room last night?" 

The color in Betty Jo's cheeks deepened as she answered, "I did not  sleep very well either." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 92



Top




Page No 95


"But, I surely did not make noise enough for you to hear in your  room?" persisted Brian. 

The color deepened still more in Betty Jo's checks, as she answered  honestly:  "I was not in my room when I

heard you."  She paused,  and  when he only looked at her expectantly, but did not speak,  continued,  in a

hesitating manner quite unlike her matteroffact  self:  "When I  could not sleep, and felt so as though there

were  somebody or  something in the house that had no business here, I  became afraid, and  opened my door so

I would not feel so much  alone; and then I saw the  light under the door of your room, and,"  she hesitated,

but finished  with a little air of defiance,"and  I went and listened outside your  door to see if you were up." 

"Yes?" said Brian Kent, gently. 

"And when I heard you walking up and down, I wanted to call to you;  but I thought I better not.  It made me

feel better, though, just  to  know that you were there; and so, pretty soon, I went back to my  room  again." 

"And then?" said Brian. 

"And then," confessed Betty Jo, "whatever it was that was keeping  me awake came back, and went on

keeping me awake until I was simply  forced to go to you for help again." 

Poor Betty Jo!  She knew very well that she ought not to be saying  those things to the man who, while he

listened, could not hide the  love that shone in his eyes. 

And Brian Kent, as he thought of this woman, whom he loved with all  the strength of his best self, creeping

to the door of his room for  comfort in the lonely night, scarcely dared trust himself to speak.  At last, when

their silence was becoming unbearable, he said,  gently:  "You poor child!  Why didn't you call to me?" 

And Betty Jo, hearing in his voice that which told her how near he  was to the surrender that would bring

disaster to them both, was  aroused to the defense.  The gray eyes never wavered as she  answered,  bravely:  "I

was afraid of that, too." 

And so Betty Jo confessed her love that answered so to his need;  but, in her very confession, saved their love

from themselves.  If  she had lowered her eyes 

Brian Kent, in reverent acknowledgment, bowed his head before her.  Then, rising, he walked to the window,

where he stood for some time  looking out, but seeing nothing. 

"It was that horrid man coming yesterday that has so upset us,"  said Betty Jo, at last.  "We were getting on so

beautifully, too.  I  wish he had gone somewhere else for his vegetables and eggs and  things!" 

Brian was able to smile at this as he turned to face her again, and  they both knew that,for that time, at

least,the dangerpoint  was  safely past. 

"I wish so, too," he agreed; "but never mind; Auntie Sue will be  home in a day or two, and then everything

will be all right again." 

But when he had taken his hat and was starting out for the day's  work, Betty Jo asked, "What are you doing

today?" 

"I was going to work on the fence around the clearing," he  answered.  "Why?" 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 93



Top




Page No 96


"IIwish you could find something to do nearer the house," came  the slow answer.  "Couldn't you work in

the garden, perhaps?" 

"I should say I could!" he returned heartily. 

All that forenoon, as Betty Jo went about her household duties she  felt the presence of the thing that filled her

so with fear and  dread.  With vigorous determination she scolded herself for being  so  foolish, and argued with

herself that it was all a nervous fancy  born  of her restless night.  But, the next moment, she would start  with a

sudden fear and turn quickly as if to face some one whose  presence she  felt behind her.  And Brian, too, as he

worked in the  garden, caught  himself often in the act of pausing to look about  with nervous  apprehension. 

During the noonday meal they made a determined effort to laugh at  themselves, and by the time dinner was

over had almost succeeded.  But  when Brian, as he pushed back his chair, said, jestingly,  "Well, am I  to work

in the garden again this afternoon?" Betty Jo  answered,  emphatically, "Indeed you are!  I will not stay another

minute in this  house alone.  Goodness knows what I will do to  night!" 

There was no jest in the man's voice as he answered:  "I'll tell  you what you will do tonight,you will go to

bed and you will go  to  sleep.  You will leave the door to your room wideopen, and I  shall  lie right there on

that couch, so near that a whisper from  you will  reach me.  We will have no more of this midnight prowling,  I

promise  you.  If any ghost dares appear, we" 

The reassuring words died on Brian Kent's lips.  His eyes, looking  over Betty Jo's shoulders, were fixed and

staring, and the look on  his face sent a chill of horror to the girl's heart.  She dared not  move nor look around

as he sat like a man turned to stone. 

A woman's laugh broke the dead silence. 

With a scream, Betty Jo sprung to her feet and whirled about. 

As one in a trance, Brian Kent arose and stood beside her. 

The woman, who stood in the open doorway, laughed again. 

Martha Kent's heavy drinking the night before, when her clubhouse  friends in a wild debauch had tried to

help her to forget, was the  climax of many months of like excesses.  The mood in which she had  sent the man

Green from her room was the last despairing flicker of  her better instincts.  Moved by her memories of better

things,of  a  better love and dreams and ideals,she had spent a little hour  or two  in sentimental regret for

that which she had so recklessly  cast aside.  And then, because there was within her no foundation  of abiding

principle for her sentiment, she had again put on the  character which  had so separated her from the life of the

man to  whom she was married,  indeed, but with whom she was never one.  With the burning  consciousness of

what she might have been and of  what she was ever  tormenting her, she sank, as the hours passed,  deeper and

deeper into  the quicksands of physical indulgence until,  in her mad determination  to destroy utterly her

ability to feel  remorse, she lost all mental  control of herself, and responded to  every insane whim of her

drinkdisordered brain. 

As she stood there, now, in the doorway of that little log house by  the river,face to face with the man and

the woman who, though  they  were united in their love, were yet separated by the very fact  of her

existence,she was, in all her hideous, but pitiful,  repulsiveness,  the legitimate creation of those lifeforces

which  she so fitly  personified. 

Betty Jo instinctively drew closer to Brian's side. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 94



Top




Page No 97


"Hello, Brian, dear!" said the woman, with a drunken leer.  "Thought  I'd call to see you in your charming

lovenest that Harry  Green  raved so about.  Can't you introduce me to your little  sweetheart?" 

"No?" she continued, and laughed again.  Then coming an unsteady  step toward them, she added, thickly:

"Very well, Brian, old  sport;  you won't introduce me,I'll have to introduce myself."  She grinned  with

malicious triumph at Betty Jo:  "Don't be  frightened, my dear.  It's all right.  I'm nobody of importance,  just

his wife,that's  all,just his wife." 

Betty Jo, with a little cry, turned to the man who stood as if  stricken dumb with horror.  "Brian?" she said.

"Oh, Brian?" 

It was the first time she had ever addressed him by his given name,  and Brian Kent, as he looked, saw in

those gray eyes no hint of  doubt  or censure, but only the truest love and sympathy.  Betty Jo  had not  failed in

the moment of her supreme testing. 

"It's true, all right, isn't it, Brian?" said Martha Kent.  "I'm  his wife fast enough, my dear.  But you don't need

to worry,you  two.  I'm a good sport,I am.  I've had my fun.  No kick coming  from  me.  Just called to pay

my respects,that's all.  Solong,  Brian, old  sport!  Goodbye, my dear!" 

With an uncertain wave of her hand, she staggered through the  doorway and passed from their sight. 

In the little log house by the river the two who had kept the  fineness of their love stood face to face. 

For Betty Jo, the barrier which Brian Kent had maintained between  them to protect her from his love was no

longer a thing unknown.  But  the revelation, coming as it did, had brought no shadow of  distrust or  doubt of

the man to whom she had so fully entrusted  herself.  It had,  indeed, only strengthened her faith in him and

deepened her love. 

For one glorious triumphal moment the very soul of the man exulted  in the truth which Betty Jo made known

to him.  Then he turned  slowly  away, for he dared not trust himself to look at her a moment  longer. 

With bowed head he paced up and down the room.  He went to the  table which held Auntie Sue's

sewingbasket, and fingered the  trifles  there.  Then, slowly, he passed through the open door to  the porch,

where Betty Jo, through the window, near which she  stood, saw him look  away over the river and the

mountains. 

Suddenly, she saw him start, and stare intently at some nearer  object that had caught his attention.  As Betty

Jo watched, he  moved  to the edge of the porch, and, stooping, grasped the railing  with his  hands;his head

and shoulders were thrust forward; his  lips were  parted; his whole attitude was that of the most intense  and

excited  interest.  Then, straightening up, he threw back his  head, and laughed  aloud.  But his laughter alarmed

the girl, who  ran to the door,  crying, "What is it, Brian?" 

"Look!" he shouted, madly, and pointed toward the river.  "Look,  Betty Jo!" 

Martha Kent, alone in one of the clubhouse boats, was rowing with  drunken clumsiness toward the head of

the Elbow Rock rapids. 

The woman's friends had missed her, and, guessing, from some remark  she had made, where she had gone,

had sent four men of the party  after her; for they realized that she was in no condition to be  alone  in a boat on

the river, particularly on that part of the  stream near  Auntie Sue's place.  After leaving Brian and Betty Jo,  she

had gone  back to her boat in the eddy at the foot of the  garden, and was  pulling out into the stream when she


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 95



Top




Page No 98


saw her  friends approaching.  With a drunken laugh, she waved her hand, and  began rowing from them

directly toward the swift water.  The men  shouted for her to stop, and  pulled with all their strength.  But  the

woman, taking their calls as  a challenge, rowed the harder,  while every awkward pull of the oars  carried her

nearer the deadly  grip of the current. 

Betty Jo, as she reached Brian's side, and saw what was happening  on the river, grasped the man's arm

appealingly, with a cry:  "Brian!  Brian!  She is going into the rapids!  She will be carried  down to  Elbow

Rock!" 

But Brian Kent, for the moment, was beside himself.  All that he  had suffered,all that the woman out there

on the river had cost  him  in anguish of soul,all that she had taken from him of  happiness,came before

him with blinding vividness; and now,  now,in her drunkenness, she was making her own way to her

own  destruction. 

"Of course she is!" he shouted, in answer to Betty Jo.  "Her  friends yonder are driving her to it!  Could

anything be more  fitting?" 

As though grasped by powerful unseen hands beneath the surface, the  boat shot forward.  The woman, feeling

the sudden pull of the  current, stopped rowing, and looked about as if wondering what had  happened.  Her

friends, not daring to follow closer to the dangerous  water, were pulling madly for the landing at the foot of

the garden.  The boat in the middle of the river moved faster. 

"Look, Betty Jo, look!" shouted the man on the porch, madly.  "It's  got her nowthe river has got

herlook!" 

With a scream of fear, the woman in the boat dropped her oars, and  grasped the gunwale of the little craft. 

Brian Kent laughed. 

Betty Jo shrank back from him, her eyes, big with horror, fixed  upon his face.  Then, with a quick movement,

she sprang toward him  again, and, catching his arm, shook him with all her strength and  struck him again and

again with her fist. 

"Brian!  Brian!" she cried.  "You are insane!" 

The man looked down at her for an instant with an expression of  bewildered astonishment on his face, as one

awakened from a dream.  He  raised his hand and drew it across his forehead and eyes. 

The boat with the helpless woman was already past the front of the  house. 

Betty Jo cried again as if calling the man she loved from a  distance:  "Brian!  Brian!" 

With a sudden movement, the man jerked away from her.  The next  instant, he had leaped over the railing of

the porch to the ground  below and was running with all his might toward the river, at an  angle which would

put him opposite or a little below the boat when  he  reached the bank. 

With a sob, Betty Jo followed as fast as she could. 

As Brian Kent raced toward the river's edge, the powerful current  drew the boat with the woman into the first

rough water of the  rapids, and, as the skiff was shaken and tossed by the force that  was  sweeping it with

everincreasing speed toward the wild turmoil  at  Elbow Rock, the woman screamed again and again for help. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 96



Top




Page No 99


The warring forces of the stream whirled the little craft about,  and she saw the man who was nearing the

bank.  She rose to her feet  in the rocking boat, and stretched out her arms,calling his name,  "Brian!  Brian!

Brian!"  Then the impact of the boat against a  larger wave of the rapids brought her to her knees, and she

clung  to  the thwarts with piteous cries. 

Betty Jo and the clubhouse men, who had overtaken her, saw Brian as  he reached the river opposite the boat.

For a little way he raced  the tumbling waters until he had gained a short distance ahead of  the  skiff; then they

saw him, without an instant's pause, leap from  the  high bank far out into the boiling stream. 

Running along the bank, the helpless watchers saw the man fighting  his way toward the boat.  One moment,

he disappeared from sight,  dragged beneath the surface by the powerful currents with which he  wrestled.  The

next instant, the boiling waters would toss him high  on the crest of a rolling wave, only to drag him down

again a  second  later.  But, always, he drew nearer and nearer the object of  his  struggle, while the rapids swept

both the helpless woman and  the  tossing boat and the swimming man onward toward the towering  cliff,  and

the thunderroar of the mad waters below grew louder and  louder. 

The splendid strength of arms and shoulders which Brian Kent had  acquired by his months of work with his

ax on the timbered  mountainside sustained him now in his need.  With tremendous  energy,  he breasted the

might of the furious river.  To the  watchers it seemed  at times that it was beyond the power of human  muscles

to endure the  terrific strain.  Then he gained the boat,  and they saw him striving  with desperate energy to drag

it toward  the opposite shore and so into  the currents that would carry it  past the menacing point of the cliff

and perhaps to the safety of  the quiet water below. 

All that human strength could do in that terrible situation, Brian  Kent did.  But the task was beyond the power

of mortal man. 

For an instant the breathless watchers on the bank thought there  was a chance; but the waters with mad fury

dragged their victims  back, and, with terrific power, hurled them forward toward the  frowning rocks. 

It was quickly over. 

In that wild turmoil of the boiling, leaping, seething, lashing,  hammering waves, the boat, with the woman

who crouched on her knees  on the bottom, and the man who clung to the side of the craft,  appeared for a

second lifted high in the air.  The next instant,  the  crash of breaking wood sounded above the thundering

roaring of  the  waters.  The man and the woman disappeared.  The wreck of the  boat was  flung again and again

against the cliff, until, battered  and broken,  it was swept away around the point. 

Against the dark wall of rock Brian Kent's head and shoulders  appeared for an instant, and they saw that he

held the woman in his  arms.  The furious waters closed over them.  For the fraction of a  second, the man's

hand and arm appeared again above the surface,  and  was gone. 

Betty Jo sank to the ground with a low cry of anguish, and hid her  face. 

Another moment, and she was aroused by a loud shout from one of the  men who had caught a glimpse of the

river's victims farther out at  the point of the rocky cliff. 

Springing to her feet, Betty Jo started madly up the trail that  leads over the bluff.  The men followed. 

Immediately below Elbow Rock there is a deep hole formed by the  waters that pour around the point of the

cliff, and below this hole  a  wide gravelly bar pushing out from the Elbow Rock side of the  stream  forces the

main volume of the river to the opposite bank.  In the  shallow water against the upper side of the bar they


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS. 97



Top




Page No 100


found  them. 

With the last flicker of his consciousness, Brian Kent had felt his  feet touch the bottom where the water

shoals against the bar, and,  with his last remaining strength, had dragged himself and the body  of  the woman

into the shallows. 

Betty Jo was no hysterical weakling to spend the priceless seconds  of such a time in senseless ravings.  The

firstaid training which  she had received at school gave her the necessary knowledge which  her  native

strength of character and practical common sense enabled  her to  apply.  Under her direction, the men from the

clubhouse  worked as they  probably never had worked before in all their  useless lives. 

But the man and the woman whose lifecurrents had touched and  mingled,drawn apart to flow apparently

far from each other, but  drawn together again to once more touch, and, as one, to endure the  testing of the

rapids,the man and the woman had not brought to  the  terrible ordeal the same strength. 

One was drawn into the Elbow Rock rapids by the careless  indifference  and the reckless spirit that was born

of the life she had  chosen; by  her immediate associates and environment; and by the  circumstances  that were,

at the last analysis, of her own making. 

The other braved the same dangers, strong in the splendid spirit  that had set him against such terrible odds to

attempt the woman's  rescue.  From his work on the timbered mountainside, from his life  in the clean

atmosphere of the hills, and from the spiritual and  mental companionship of that little log house by the river,

he had  brought to his testing the splendid strength which enabled him to  endure. 

Somewhere in that terrible conflict with the wild waters at Elbow  Rock, while the man whose life she had so

nearly ruined by her  wantonness was fighting to save her, the soul of Martha Kent went  from the bruised and

battered body which Brian drew at last from  the  vicious grasp of the currents. 

But the man lived. 

CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN.

In the early evening twilight of the day following the tragedy at  Elbow Rock, Betty Jo was sitting on the

porch, to rest for a few  minutes in the fresh air, after long hours of watching beside  Brian's  bed. 

A neighbor woman had come to help, but Betty Jo would not leave the  side of the man she loved as he fought

his way slowly out of the  dark  shadow of the death that had so nearly conquered him.  Nor,  indeed,  would

Brian let her go, for even in those moments when he  appeared  most unconscious of the life about him, he

seemed to feel  her  presence.  All through the long, long hours of that anxious  night and  day she had watched

and waited the final issue;feeling  the dark  messenger very close at times, but gaining hope as the  hours

passed  and her lover won his way nearer and nearer to the  light;courageous  always;giving him the best

of her strength, so  far as it was  possible to give him anything;making him feel the  steady, enduring  fullness

of her love. 

At last, they felt that the victory was won.  The doctor, satisfied  that the crisis was safely past, went his way to

visit other  patients.  By evening, Brian was resting so easily that the girl  had  stolen away for a few minutes,

leaving the neighbor to call her  if he  should waken. 

Betty Jo had been on the porch but a short time when a step sounded  on the gravel walk that led from the

porch steps around the corner  of  the house.  A moment more, and Judy appeared. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN. 98



Top




Page No 101


The mountain girl stopped when she saw Betty Jo, and the latter  went to the top of the steps. 

"Goodevening, Judy!" said Betty Jo, quietly.  "Won't you come in?" 

Slowly, with her black beady eyes fixed on Betty Jo's face, Judy  went up the steps. 

As the mountain girl reached the level of the porchfloor, Betty Jo  drew a little back toward the door. 

Judy stopped instantly, and stood still.  Then, in a low tone, she  said:  "Youall ain't got no call ter be afeared,

Miss Betty Jo.  You  hain't never goin' ter have no call ter be scared of me again,  never." 

"I am so glad for you to say that, Judy," returned Betty Jo,  smiling.  "I don't want to be afraid of you, and I am

not really;  but" 

"Ain't youall plumb ahatin' me for what I done?" asked Judy,  wonderingly. 

"No, no; Judy, dear, I don't hate you at all, and you must know  that Auntie Sue loves you." 

"Yes," Judy nodded her head, thoughtfully.  "Auntie Sue just  naturally loves everybody.  Hit wouldn't be no

more'n nature,  though,  for youall ter hate me.  I sure have been poisonmean." 

"But that is all past now, Judy," said Betty Jo, heartily.  "Come  and sit down?"  She started toward the chairs. 

But the mountain girl did not move, except to shake her head in  refusal of the hospitable invitation. 

"I ain't agoin' ter put my foot inside this house, nor set with  youall, nor nothin' 'til I've said what I done

come ter say." 

Betty Jo turned back to her again:  "What is it, Judy?" 

"Auntie Sue done told me not ter let youall er Mr. Burns see me  'til she come back.  But I can't help hit, an' if

I don't talk  'bout  that none, I reckon she ain't agoin' ter mind so much.  You  all  don't know that I seed

Auntie Sue that night 'fore she went  away, an'  that hit was me took her ter the station with 'Old  Prince,' an'

brung  him back, did you?" 

"No," said Betty Jo, "I did not know; and if Auntie Sue told you  not to tell us about it, I would rather you did

not, Judy." 

"I ain't aimin' ter," Judy returned; "but Auntie Sue don't know  nothin' 'bout what's happened since she went

away, an' hit's that  what's amakin' me come ter youall." 

Betty Jo, seeing that the poor girl was laboring under some intense  emotional stress, said, gently:  "What is it

that you wish to tell  me, Judy?  I am sure Auntie Sue will not mind, if you feel so about  it." 

The mountain girl's eyes filled and the tears streamed down her  sallow cheeks, while her twisted shoulders

shook with the grief she  could not suppress, as she faltered:  "My GodA'mighty!  Miss Betty  Jo, IIdidn't

aim ter do hit!  I sure didn't!  'Fore God, I'd er  let 'em kill me first, if I'd only had time ter think.  But hit

hitwas me what told that there woman how Mr. Burns was Brian  Kent.  Hit'shit'sme what's ter blame

for gittin' her killed in  the river  an' him so nigh drowned.  O God!  O God!  If he'll only  git well! 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN. 99



Top




Page No 102


"An' I ain't afeelin' toward youall like I did, Miss Betty Jo.  I  can't no more.  I done left them clubhouse

folks, after I knowed  what  has happened, an' all day I been hangin' 'round here in the  bresh.  An' Lucy Warden

she done told me, this afternoon, 'bout how  youall  was takin' care of Mr. Burns, an' how you just naturally

wouldn't let  him die.  An'an'I kin see, now, what hit is that  makes Auntie Sue  and him an' youall so

different from that there  clubhouse gang an'  pap an' me.  An' I ain't awantin' ter be like I  been, no more, ever.

I'd a heap rather jump inter the river an'  drown myself.  'Fore God,  I would!  An' I want ter come back an'  help

youall take care of him;  an' live with Auntie Sue; an'an'  be a little might like youuns, if  I kin.  Will you

let me, Miss  Betty Jo?  Will you?  I most know Auntie  Sue would, if she was  here." 

Before the mountain girl had finished speaking, Betty Jo's arm was  around the poor twisted shoulders, and

Betty Jo's eyes were  answering  Judy's pleading. 

And so, when Auntie Sue came home, it was Judy who met her at the  station, with "Old Prince" and the

buggy; and as they drove down  the  winding road to the little log house by the river, the mountain  girl  told the

old gentlewoman all that had happened in her absence. 

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER.

Brian Kent recovered quickly from the effects of his experience in  the Elbow Rock rapids, and was soon able

again to take up his work  on  the little farm.  Every day he labored in the garden, or in the  clearing, or at some

task which did not rightly fall to those who  rented the major part of Auntie Sue's tillable acreage. 

Auntie Sue had told him about her visit to the President of the  Empire Consolidated Savings Bank, and of the

arrangement made by  the  bankeras she understood itfor Brian's protection.  But  while the  dear old lady

explained that Homer T. Ward was one of her  pupils, she  did not reveal the relation between Brian's former

chief and Betty Jo.  Neither Auntie Sue nor Betty Jo, for several  very good reasons, was  ready for Brian to

know the whole truth  about his stenographer.  It  was quite enough, they reasoned, for  him to love his

stenographer, and  for his stenographer to love him,  without raising any more obstacles  in the pathway of their

happiness. 

As the busy weeks passed, several letters came from the publishers  of Brian's book,letters which made the

three in the little log  house by the river very happy.  Already, in the first reception of  this new writer's work,

those who had undertaken to present it to  the  public saw many promises of the fulfillment of their prophecies

as to  its success.  When the third letter came, a statement of the  sales to  date was enclosed, and, that afternoon,

Betty Jo went to  Brian where  he was at work in the clearing. 

When they were comfortably, not to say cozily, seated on a log in  the shade at the edge of the forest, she

announced that she had  come  for a very serious talk. 

"Yes?" he returned; but he really looked altogether too happy to be  exceedingly serious. 

"Yes," she continued, "I have.  As your accredited business agent  and" she favored him with a Betty Jo

smile"shall I say  manager?" 

"Why not managing owner?" he retorted. 

"I am glad you confirm my promotion so readily," she returned, with  a charming touch of color in her cheeks,

"because that, you see,  helps me to present what I have to say for the good of the firm." 

"I am listening, Betty Jo." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 100



Top




Page No 103


"Very well; tell me, first, Brian, just exactly how much do you owe  that bank, rewardmoney and all, and

Auntie Sue, interest and  everything?" 

Brian went to his coat, which lay on a nearby stump, and returned  with a small pocket accountbook. 

"I have it all here," he said, as he seated himself close beside  her again.  And, opening the book, he showed

her how he had kept a  careful record of the various sums he had taken from the bank, with  the dates. 

"Oh, Brian, Brian!" she said with a little cry of delight, "I am so  glad,so glad you have this!  It is exactly

what I want for my  wedding present.  It was so thoughtful of you to fix it for me." 

Thus by a characteristic, Betty Jo turn she made the little book of  painful memories a book of joyous

promise. 

When they again returned to the consideration of business matters,  Brian gave her the figures which answered

her questions as to his  total indebtedness. 

Again Betty Jo exclaimed with delight:  "Brian, do you see?  Take  your pencil and figure quick your royalties

on the number of books  sold as given in the publishers' statement." 

Brian laughed.  "I have figured it." 

"And your book has already earned more than enough to pay  everything," said Betty Jo.  "Isn't that simply

grand, Brian?" 

"It is pretty 'grand,' all right," he agreed.  "The only trouble  is, I must wait so long before the money is due me

from the  publishers." 

"That is exactly what I came to talk about," she returned quickly.  "I tried to have it different when I made the

arrangements with  them,  but the terms of payment in the contract are the very best I  could  get; and so I have

planned a little plan whereby youthat  is,  wewon't need to wait for your freedom until the date of

settlement  with the publishers." 

"You have a plan which will do that?" Brian questioned, doubtfully. 

She nodded vigorously, with another Betty Jo smile.  "This is the  plan, and you are not to interrupt until I have

finished  everything:  I happen to have some money of my very, very own,  which is doing  nothing but earning

interest" 

At the look on Brian's face, she stopped suddenly; but, when he  started to speak, she put her hand quickly

over his mouth, saying:  "You were not to say a single word until I have finished.  Play  fair,  Brian, dear;

please!" 

When he signified that he would not speak, she continued in her  most matteroffact and businesslike tone:

"There is every reason  in  the world, Brian, why you should pay off your debt to the bank  and to  Auntie Sue at

the earliest possible moment.  You can think  of several  reasons yourself.  There is me, for instance. 

"Very well.  You have the money to your credit with the publishers;  but you can't use it yet.  I have money that

you can just as well  use.  You will make an assignment of your royalties to me, all in  proper form, to cover the

amount you need.  You will pay me the  same  interest my money is now earning where it is. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 101



Top




Page No 104


"I will arrange for the money to be sent to you in the form of a  cashier's cheque, payable to the banker,

Homer T. Ward, so the name  Brian Kent does not appear before we are ready, you see.  You will  make

believe to Auntie Sue that the money is from the publishers.  You  will send the cheque to Mr. Bank President

personally, with a  statement of your indebtedness to him properly itemized, interest  figured on everything.

You will instruct him to open an account  for  you with the balance.  And thenthen, Brian, you will give  dear

Auntie Sue a cheque for what you owe her, with interest of  course.  And we will all be so happy!

Andanddon't you think I  am a very  good managing owner?  You do, don't you?" 

When he hesitated, she added:  "And the final and biggest reason of  all is, that I want you to do as I have

planned more than I ever  wanted anything in the world, except you, and I want this so  because  I want you.

You can't really refuse, now, can you?" 

How, indeed, could he refuse? 

So they worked it out together as Betty Jo had planned; and when  the time came for the last and best part of

the plan, and Brian  confessed to Auntie Sue how he had robbed her, and had known for so  long that she was

aware of his crime against her, and finished his  confession by giving her the cheque, it is safe to say that there

was  nowhere in all the world more happiness than in the little log  house  by the river. 

"GodA'mighty sure helped me to do one good turn, anyway, when I  jumped inter the river after that there

book when Mr. Burns done  throw'd hit away," commented the delighted Judy. 

And while they laughed together, Betty Jo hugged the deformed  mountain girl, and answered:  "God

Almighty was sure good to us all  that day, Judy, dear!" 

It was only a day later when Auntie Sue received a letter from  Homer T. Ward which sent the dear old lady in

great excitement to  Betty Jo.  The banker was coming for his longdeferred vacation to  the log house by the

river. 

There was in his letter a kindly word for his former clerk, Brian  Kent, should Auntie Sue chance to see him;

much love for his old  teacher and for the dearest girl in the world, his Betty Jo. 

But that part of Homer T. Ward's letter which most excited Auntie  Sue and caused Betty Jo to laugh until she

cried was this:  The great  financier, who, even in his busy life of large  responsibilities, found  time for some

good reading, had discovered  a great book, by a new and  heretofore unknown writer.  The book was  great

because every page of  it, Homer T. Ward declared, reminded  him of Auntie Sue.  If the writer  had known her

for years, he could  not have drawn a truer picture of  her character, nor presented her  philosophy of life more

clearly.  It  was a remarkable piece of  work.  It was most emphatically the sort of  writing that the world  needed.

This new author was a genius of the  rarest and best sort.  Mr. Ward predicted boldly that this new star in  the

literary  firmament was destined to rank among those of the first  magnitude.  Already, among the banker's

closest book friends, the new  book was  being discussed, and praised.  He would bring a copy for  Auntie Sue

and Betty Jo to read.  It was not only the book of the  year;it  was, in Homer T. Ward's opinion, one of the

really big books  of the  Century. 

"Well," commented Betty Jo, when they had read and reread that part  of the letter, "dear old Uncle Homer

may be a very conservative  banker, but he certainly is more than liberal when he touches on  the  question of

this new author.  Won't we have fun, Auntie Sue!  Oh, won't  we!" 

Then they planned the whole thing, and proceeded to carry out their  plan. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 102



Top




Page No 105


Brian was told only that Mr. Ward was coming to visit Auntie Sue,  and that he must be busy somewhere

away from the house when the  banker arrived, and not come until he was sent for, because Auntie  Sue must

make a full confession to her old pupil of the part she  had  played in the ReCreation of Brian Kent before

Homer T. Ward  should  meet his former clerk. 

Brian, never dreaming that there were other confessions to be made,  smilingly agreed to do exactly as he was

told. 

When the momentous day arrived, Betty Jo met her uncle in  Thompsonville, and all the way home she talked

so continuously of  her  school, and asked so many questions about his conduct and life  and  their many

Chicago friends, that the helpless bank president  had no  chance whatever of asking her a single embarrassing

question.  But,  when dinner was over (Brian had taken his lunch  with him to the  clearing), Homer T. Ward

wanted to know things. 

"Was Brian Kent still working in the neighborhood?" 

Auntie Sue informed him that Brian was still working in the  neighborhood. 

"Betty Jo had seen the bank clerk?" Betty Jo's uncle supposed.  "What did she think of the fellow?" 

Betty Jo thought Brian Kent was a rather nice fellow. 

"And how had Betty Jo been amusing herself while her old uncle was  slaving in the city?" 

Betty Jo had been doing a number of things:  Helping Auntie Sue  with her housework; learning to cook;

keeping up her stenographic  work; reading. 

"Reading?"  That reminded him, and forthwith Mr. Ward went to his  room, and returned with the book. 

And then those two blessed women listened and admired while he  introduced them to the new genius, and

read certain favorite  passages  from the great book, and grew enthusiastic on the new  author, saying  all that he

had written in his letter and many  things more, until  Betty Jo could restrain herself no longer, but  ran to him,

and took  the book from his hands, and, with her arms  around his neck, told him  that he was the dearest uncle

in the  world, because she was going to  marry the man who wrote the book he  so admired. 

There were long explanations after that:  How the book so highly  valued by Banker Ward had actually been

written in that very log  house by the river; how Auntie Sue had sent for Betty Jo to assist  the author with her

typewriting; how the author, not knowing who  Betty Jo was, had fallen in love with his stenographer, and,

finally,  how Betty Jo's authorlover was even then waiting to meet  her  guardian, still not knowing that her

guardian was the banker  Homer T.  Ward. 

"You see, uncle, dear," explained Betty Jo, "Auntie Sue and I were  obliged to conspire this little conspiracy

against my man, because,  you know, authors are funny folk, and you never can tell exactly  what  they are

going to do.  After giving your heart to a genius as  wonderful as you yourself know this one to be, it would be

terrible  to have him refuse you just because you were the only living  relative  of a rich old banker;it would,

wouldn't it, uncle,  dear?" 

And, really, Homer T. Ward could find reason in Betty Jo's  argument, which ended with that fatal trick

question. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 103



Top




Page No 106


Taking his agreement for granted, Betty Jo continued:  "And, you  see, Auntie Sue and I were simply forced to

conspire a little  against  you, uncle, dear, because you know perfectly well that,  much as I  needed the

advantage of associating with such an author  man in the  actual writing of his book, you would never, never

have  permitted me  to fall in love with him before you had discovered for  yourself what a  great man he really

is, and I simply had to fall in  love with him  because God made me to take care of a genius of some  sort.  And

if you  don't believe that, you can ask Judy.  Judy has  found out a lot about  God lately. 

"You won't think I am talking nonsense, or am belittling the  occasion will you, uncle, dear?" she added

anxiously.  "I am not,  truly, I am not,I am very serious.  But I can't help being a  little  excited, can I?

Because it is terrible to love a banker  uncle, as I  love you, and at the same time to love a geniusman, as  I

love my man,  andandnot know what you two dearest men in the  world are going to  do to each other." 

And, at this, the girl's arms were about his neck again, and the  girl's head went down on his shoulder; and he

felt her cheek hot  with  blushes against his and a very suspicious drop of moisture  slipped  down inside his

collar. 

When he had held Betty Jo very close for a while, and had whispered  comforting things in her ear, and had

smiled over her shoulder at  his  old teacher, the banker sent the girl to find her lover while  he  should have a

serious talk with Auntie Sue. 

The long shadows of the late afternoon were on the mountainside  when Brian Kent and Betty Jo came down

the hill to the little log  house by the river. 

The girl had said to him simply, "You are to come, now, Brian;  Auntie Sue and Mr. Ward sent me to tell

you." 

She was very serious, and as they walked together clung closely to  his arm.  And the man, too, seeming to feel

the uselessness of  words  for such an occasion, was silent.  When he helped her over  the  railfence at the

lower edge of the clearing, he held her in  his arms  for a little; then they went on. 

They saw the beautiful, treeclad hills lying softly outlined in  the shadows like folds of green and timeworn

velvet, extending  ridge  on ridge into the blue.  They saw the river, their river,  making its  gleaming way with

many a curve and bend to the mighty  sea, that was  hidden somewhere far beyond the distant skyline of  their

vision; and  between them and the river, at the foot of the  hill, they saw the  little log house with Auntie Sue

and Homer T.  Ward waiting in the  doorway. 

When the banker saw the man at Betty Jo's side, his mind was far  from the clerk whom he had known more

than a year before in the  city.  His thoughts were on the author, the scholar, the genius,  whose book  had so

compelled his respect and admiration.  This tall  fellow, with  the athletic shoulders and deeply tanned face,

who was  dressed in the  rude garb of the backwoodsman, with his coat over  his arm, his ax on  his shoulder,

and his dinnerpail in his hand,  who was he?  And why  was Betty Jo so familiar with this stranger,  Betty

Jo, who was  usually so reserved, with her air of competent  selfpossession?  Homer  T. Ward turned to look

inquiringly at  Auntie Sue. 

His old teacher smiled back at him without speaking. 

Then, Betty Jo and Brian Kent were standing before him. 

"Here he is, Uncle Homer," said the girl. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 104



Top




Page No 107


Brian, hearing her speak those two revealing words, and seeing her  go to the bank president, who put his arm

around her with the  loving  intimacy of a father, stood speechless with amazement,  looking from  Homer T.

Ward and Betty Jo to Auntie Sue and back to  the banker and  the girl. 

Mr. Ward, still not remembering the bank clerk in this recreated  Brian Kent, was holding out his hand with

a genial smile. 

As the bewildered Brian mechanically took the hand so cordially  extended, the older man said:  "It is an

honor, sir, to meet a man  who can do the work you have done in writing that book.  It is  impossible to

estimate the value of such a service as you have  rendered the race.  You have a rare and wonderful gift, Mr.

Burns,  and I predict for you a life of remarkable usefulness." 

Brian, still confused, but realizing that Mr. Ward had not  recognized him, looked appealingly at Betty Jo and

then to Auntie  Sue. 

Auntie Sue spoke:  "Mr. Ward is the uncle and guardian of Betty Jo,  Brian." 

"'Brian'!" ejaculated the banker. 

Auntie Sue continued:  "Homer, dear, Betty Jo has presented HER  author, Mr. Burns;permit me to

introduce MY Brian Kent!" 

And Judy remarked that evening, when, after supper, they were all  on the porch watching the sunset:  "Hit

sure is dad burned funny  how  all tangled an' snarled up everythin' kin git 'fore a body kin  think  most, an',

then, if a body'll just keep agoin' right along,  all ter  onct hit's all straightened out as purty as anythin'." 

They laughed happily at the mountain girl's words, and the dear old  teacher's sweet voice answered:  "Yes,

Judy; it is all just like  the  river, don't you see?" 

"Meanin' as how the water gits all tangled an' mixed up when hit's  aboilin' an' aroarin' like mad down there

at Elbow Rock, an' then  all ter onct gits all smooth an' calm like again," returned Judy. 

"Meaning just that, Judy," returned Auntie Sue.  "No matter how  tangled and confused life seems to be, it will

all come straight at  the last, if, like the river, we only keep going on." 

And when the dreamy Indiansummer days were come and the blue haze  of autumn lay softly over the brown

and gold of the beautiful Ozark  hills, the mountain folk of the Elbow Rock neighborhood gathered  one  day at

the little log house by the river. 

It was a simple ceremony that made the man and the woman, who were  so dear to Auntie Sue, husband and

wife.  But the backwoods  minister  was not wanting in dignity, though his dress was rude and  his words  plain;

and the service lacked nothing of beauty and  meaning, though  the guests were but humble mountaineers; for

love  was there, and  sincerity, and strength, and rugged kindliness. 

And when the simple wedding feast was over, they all went down to  the riverbank, at the lower corner of

the garden, where, at the  eddy  landing, a staunch Johnboat waited, equipped and ready. 

When the last goodbyes were spoken, and Brian and Betty Jo put out  from the little harbor into the stream,

Auntie Sue, with Judy and  Homer T. Ward, went back to the porch of the little log house,  there  to watch the

beginning of the voyage. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 105



Top




Page No 108


With Brian at the oars, the boat crossed the stream to the safer  waters close to the other shore, and then, with

Betty Jo waving her  handkerchief, and the neighbor men and boys running shouting along  the bank, swept

down the river, past the roaring turmoil of the  Elbow  Rock rapids into the quiet reaches below, and away on

its  winding  course between the treeclad hills. 

"I am so glad," said Auntie Sue, her dear old face glowing with  love, and her sweet voice tremulous with

feeling, "I am so glad  they  chose the river for their wedding journey." 

Note.This biographical sketch of Harold Bell Wright will give the  reader a knowledge and understanding

of the lifework, aims and  purposes of the author as expressed through his books.  It is  reprinted on these

pages in response to popular demand.The  Publishers. 

HAROLD BELL WRIGHT 

A Biography 

By ELSBERY W. REYNOLDS 

The biography of a man is of importance and interest to other men  just to the degree that his life and work

touches and influences  the  life of his time and the lives of individuals. 

Only in a feeble way, at best, can the life story of any man be  told on the printed page.  The story is better as it

is written on  the hearts of men and women and the man himself does the writing. 

He lives longest who lives best.  He who carves deepest against  corroding time is he who touches with surest

hand the greatest  number  of human hearts. 

He may or may not be a prodigy of physical strength.  He may or may  not be a tower of mental energy.  But so

long as this old world  stands the man with an overpowering desire for all that is best for  the race to be in the

race, whose life is in tune with the divine  and  with the good that is within us all, whether he be orator,  writer,

artist or artisan, is a giant among men. 

That which we read makes a deeper and more lasting impression on  our  lives than that which we see or hear.

An author with millions of  readers must be a great central power of thought and influence, at  least, in his own

day and generation.  We can understand the truth  of  this through a study of the aims and life purposes of

Harold Bell  Wright as expressed through his books and the circumstances under  which they were written.

The wonderful popularity of this author is  well estimated by the millions of copies of his books that have

been  sold.  This is also the greatest testimonial that can be given to  the  merit of his work.  The great heart of

the reading public is an  unprejudiced critic.  "Is not the greatest voice the one to which  the  greatest number of

hearts listen with pleasure?" 

When a man has attained to great eminence under adverse  circumstances  we sometimes wonder to what

heights he might have  climbed under  conditions more favorable.  Who can tell?  It is just as  easy to say  what

the young man of twenty will be when a matured man of  forty.  The boy of poverty makes a man of power

while the boy nursed in  the  lap of luxury makes a man of uneventful life, and, again, a life  started with a

handicap remains so through its possible three score  years and ten and the life begun with advantages

multiplies its  talents ten and a hundred fold. 

So, after all, is not the heart of man the real man and is it not  the guiding star of his ambition, his will, his

determination, his  conscience? 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 106



Top




Page No 109


Harold Bell Wright, the second of four sons, was born May 4, 1872,  in Rome, Oneida County, New York.

From an earlier biographer we  quote the following: 

"Some essential facts must be dug from out the past where they lie  embedded in the detrital chronicles of the

race.  Say, then, that  away back in 1640 a ship load of AngloSaxon freedom landed in New  England.  After a

brief period some of the more venturesome spirits  emigrated to the far west and settled amid the undulations

of the  Mohawk valley in central New York.  Protestant France also sent  westward some Gallic chivalry

hungering for freedom.  The fringe of  this garment of civilization spread out and reached also into the  same

valley.  English determination and Huguenot aspiration touched  elbows in the war for political and religious

freedom, and touched  hearts and hands in the struggle for economic freedom.  Their  generations were a

genuine aristocracy.  Mutual struggles after  mutual aims cemented casual acquaintance into enduring

friendship.  William Wright met, loved and married Alma T. Watson.  To them four  sons were born.  A

carpenter contractor, a man who builds,  contrives  and constructs, is joined to a woman into whose soul of

wholesome  refinement come images of dainty beauty, where they glow  and grow  radiant.  With lavish

unrestraint the life of this French  woman pours  itself into her sons.  The third child died in infancy.  The eldest

survived his mother by some thirteen years.  The  youngest is a  constructive mechanical engineer.  The second

son is  Harold Bell  Wright. 

"During ten years this mother and this son live in rare intimacy.  The boy's first enduring impression of this

life is the vision of  the  mother bending affectionately over him while criticising the  water  color sketch his

unpracticed fingers had just made.  Crude  blendings  and faulty lines were pointed out, then touched into

harmony and more  accurate perspective by her quick skill.  Together  their eyes watched  shades dance on

sunny slopes, cloud shadows race  among the hills or  lie lazily in the valley below. 

"Exuberant Nature and ebullient boy loved each other from the  first.  Alone, enravished, he often wandered

far in sheer joy of  living.  He brings, one day, from his rambles a bunch of  immortelles  which mother

graciously receives.  Twenty years later  the boy,  mangrown, bows reverently over a box of withered

flowers  the same  bouquet the mother took that day and laid away as a  precious memento  of his boyish

love.  Such was the first decade. 

"A tenyearold boy, motherless, steals from harsh labor and yet  harsher surroundings, runs to the home of

sacred memories, clambers  to the attic, and spends the night in anguished solitude.  This was  his first

Gethsemane.  For ten years buffeted and beaten, battling  with adversity, sometimes losing but never lost,

snatching learning  here and there, hating sham, loving passionately, misunderstood,  misapprehended, too

stubbornly proud to ask apologies or make  useless  explanations, fighting poverty in the depths of privation,

wrestling  existence from toil he loathed, befriending many and also  befriended  much, but always face to face

with the grim tragedy  which has held  part of the stage since Eden. 

"Such was the second decade.  The first was spent on hill sides  where shadows only made the light more

buoyant as they fled away.  The  second was passed in the valley where the shadow hung lazily  till the  cloud

grew very black and drenched the soil. 

"Lured to college, he undertook to acquire academic culture.  As is  well known, college life with its

professorial anecdotes and jokes,  its student pranks and grind, is routine drudgery and cobwebbery  prose.

Bookish professors and conventional students rarely have  just  such an animate problem of French artistry and

Bohemian  experience to  solve.  They did nobly, to be sure, but here was a  mind which threw  over them all the

glamour of romance." 

Mr. Wright entered the Preparatory Department of Hiram College at  the age of twenty, having previously

accepted the faith and  identified himself with the Christian Church in the little quarry  town of Grafton, Ohio.

He continued active in the different  departments of work in his church all during his school years with  the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 107



Top




Page No 110


ultimate result of his entering the ministry. 

Having no financial means, while in school he made his way by doing  odd jobs about town, house painting

and decorating, sketching, etc.  After two years of school life, while laboring to gain funds in  order  that he

might continue his schooling, he contracted from  overwork and  outdoor exposure a severe case of

pneumonia that left  his eyesight  badly impaired and his constitution in such condition  that, to the  present day,

he has never fully recovered. 

Air castles were tumbled and hopes blasted when his physician  advised him that it would be fatal to reenter

school for, at  least,  another year.  Whereupon, seeking health and a means of  existence,  starting from a point

on the Mahoning river, he canoed  with sketch and  note book, but alone, down stream a distance of  more than

five hundred  miles.  From this point, by train, he  embarked for the Ozark mountains  in southwest Missouri.

Here, for  some months, while gradually  regaining his strength, he secured  employment at farm work,

sketching  and painting at intervals. 

Once more, he found himself on bedrock, taking his last cent to  pay express charges back to Ohio on some

finished pictures, but,  this  time, fortune smiled promptly with a good check by return  mail. 

It was while in the Ozarks that Harold Bell Wright preached his  first sermon.  Being a regular attendant at the

services, held in  the  little mountain log school house, he was asked to talk to the  people,  one Sunday, when

the regular preacher had failed to appear. 

From this Sunday morning talk, that could hardly be called a  sermon, and others that followed, he came to

feel that he could do  more good in the ministry than he could in any other field of  labor,  and soon thereafter

accepted a regular pastorate at Pierce  City,  Missouri, at a yearly salary of four hundred dollars.  True  to a

resolve, that his work should be that through which he could  help the  most people, he had now chosen the

ministry.  A further  resolve that  he would give up this ministry, chosen with such  earnest conviction,  should

another field of labor offer more  extensive measures for  reaching mankind, took him, in later years,  into the

field of  literature.  He left the ministry with many  regrets but with the same  earnest conviction with which he

had  earlier chosen it. 

Following the publication of "The Shepherd of the Hills" his  publishers assured him that he could secure

greater results from  his  pen rather than his pulpit and prevailed upon him to henceforth  make  literature his

life work.  This was in every way consistent  with his  teaching that every man's ministry is that work through

which he can  accomplish the greatest good. 

In the battle of life there is always the higher ground that the  many covet but few attain.  In reaching this

height Mr. Wright has  given to a multitude, his time, strength and substance, that they,  too, might further

advance.  He is companionable, loving and loyal  to  his friends.  He hates sham and hypocrisy and any attempt

to  glorify  one's self by means other than the fruits of one's own  labor. 

This boy, who, from the death of his mother, was driven into a hand  to hand struggle with life for a bare

existence, was necessarily  forced into contact with much that was vicious and corrupt.  But he  in no way

became a part of it.  That same inherent love for mental  cleanliness and spiritual truths that has so

distinguished the  works  of the man kept the boy unstained in his unfortunate  environment. 

Mr. Wright resigned his charge at Pierce City for the larger work  at Pittsburg, Kansas.  In the second year of

his pastorate1899  he  married Frances E. Long in Buffalo, New York.  This union of  love had  its

beginning back in the school days at Hiram.  Unto them  have been  born three sons, Gilbert Munger, 1901,

Paul Williams,  1902, and Norman  Hall, 1910. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 108



Top




Page No 111


In Pittsburg, Mr. Wright received enthusiastic support from his  church people.  Finances were soon in a

satisfactory condition, and  church attendance reached the capacity of the building, but still  the  young pastor

was not satisfied.  Pittsburg was a mining town, a  young  men's town.  A little city with saloons and brothels

doing  business on  every hand.  His soul was on fire for his church to do  a larger work  and, with the hope of

arousing his people, he  conceived the idea of  writing "That Printer of Udell's," planning  to read the story, by

installments, on special evenings of  successive weeks, to his  congregation. 

Pittsburg was made the principal scene and the church of the story  was the kind of church he wanted his

Pittsburg charge to be.  The  teachings set forth, through the preacher of the story, in the  latter  half of the book,

are the identical things the author was  preaching.  The first chapters of the story are very largely  colored by

Mr.  Wright's early life, but they are by no means  autobiographical. 

"That Printer of Udell's" was written without thought or intention  of offering it for publication.  During the

author's ministry he  made  some of the warmest and most abiding friendships of his life,  and it  was through

certain of these friends that he was persuaded  from  reading the story, as intended, but to offer it for

publication,  giving it, thus, a wider usefulness. 

Having a leave of absence of several weeks from his church during  the winter of 19012 he accepted an

invitation from the pastor of a  Chicago church to hold a special meeting, and it was during this  meeting that

the author and his publisher met for the first time.  Mr.  Wright delivered a sermon entitled "Sculptors of Life"

that was  so  impressive that I sought him out with entreaties to repeat his  sermon  as a lecture to a certain

company of young people. 

The acquaintance thus begun very quickly became one of friendship,  without any knowledge or thought that

it would in time lead to a  cooperative life work, and when the author later offered his book  for publication it

was without request or thought of financial  remuneration.  Mr. Wright, however, was given a contract paying

him  the highest royalty that was being paid for any author's first  book. 

"That Printer of Udell's" was written almost entirely in the late  hours of the night and the very early hours of

the morning.  Great  demands were being made on the author's time in the way of requests  for officiating and

speaking at public and civic functions in  addition to the now heavy requirements of his church.  His

aggressive  activities, backed by his splendid spirit, fearlessness  and courage in  combating the evils of his

little city made for him  a host of  admirers, alike, among his enemies and friends.  When he  left to  accept a

pastorate in Kansas City, Missouri, his resignation  was not  accepted. 

After one year in Kansas City he found that he was not physically  able to carry out the great city work as he

had dreamed it and  planned it, on a scale that would satisfy his longings for service,  and it made him

seriously consider whether there was not some other  way that would more equally measure with his strength.

He went  again  to the Ozarks, this time for rest and meditation, and while  there  began writing "The Shepherd

of the Hills."  This Story has a  peculiar  significance for the author.  He feels toward it as he can  not feel  for

any of his other books.  "The Shepherd of the Hills"  was written  as a test.  The strength of the message he was

able to  put into the  story and the response it should find in the hearts  of men and women  was to decide for

him his ministry henceforth,  whether he would teach  the precepts of the Man of Galilee by voice  or pen.  It

was a testing  time that bore fruit not only in this  simple, sweet story, that to  quote an eminent divine, "is one

of  the greatest sermons of our day,"  but resulted as well in the  splendid volumes that have followed. 

"The Shepherd of the Hills" was finished during the year of his  pastorate at Lebanon, Missouri, and but for

the sympathy,  encouragement and helpful understanding of his church officers and  membership, it is doubtful

if the story could ever have been  completed.  When Mr. Wright delivered the manuscript to his  publishers the

first of the year, 1907, for publication the next  fall, he had accepted the pastorate of the Christian Church in

Redlands, California, hoping this land of sunshine would give him a  larger measure of health. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 109



Top




Page No 112


Some months later, resigning his Redlands pastorate, he went to the  Imperial Valley and there, the following

year, wrote "The Calling  of  Dan Matthews."  The church and its problems were weighing on the  author and

affecting his life no less than when he was in the  ministry and it was only natural that he should give to the

world  "a  picture that is true to the four corners of the earth."  Every  incident in the story has its counterpart in

real life and, with  but  few exceptions, came under the author's personal observation.  He did  not get the real

pleasure out of writing "The Calling of Dan  Matthews"  that he did the story which preceded it.  But he could

not, try as he  would, escape it. 

The publication of "The Calling of Dan Matthews" in the fall of  1909 was just two years after the publication

of "The Shepherd of  the  Hills." 

"The Winning of Barbara Worth" required more time and effort in the  collecting of material than any book

the author had written, but  probably gave him, at least, as much pleasure.  He is very careful  with regard to

descriptive detail, and even while writing "The  Calling of Dan Matthews" he was making a study of the

desert and  this  great reclamation project.  Before sending his manuscript for  publication he had it checked

over by the best engineers on the  Pacific coast for inaccuracies in any of his descriptions that  involved

engineering or reclamation problems. 

"The Winning of Barbara Worth" bears the distinction, without  doubt, of being the only book ever published

that called its  publisher and illustrator from a distance of two and three thousand  miles, into the heart of a

great desert, for a consultation with  its  author.  This story of the Imperial Valley and its reclamation  was

written in the same study as was "The Calling of Dan Matthews."  A  study of rude construction, about

eighteen by thirtyfive feet,  with  thatched roof and outside covering of native arrowweed and  built  entirely

by the author himself. 

When Mr. Wright finished "The Winning of Barbara Worth"so named  in honor of Ruth Barbara

Reynoldshe was a sick man.  He often  worked the night through, overtaxing his nerve and strength.  For

several months he virtually dwelt within the four walls of his  study  and for a time it was feared he would not

live to finish the  book.  He  wrote the last chapters while confined to his bed, after  which he was  taken by easy

stages, through the kindness of friends,  to that part of  Northern Arizona that is so delightful to all  lovers of

the  outofdoors.  In this bracing milehigh atmosphere  he soon grew well  and strong, almost to ruggedness,

and on the day  his book was  published he was riding in a wildhorse chase over a  country wild and  rough

where the writer of this sketch would only  care to go, carefully  picking his way, on foot.  So it was weeks

after publication before  the author saw the first bound copy of his  book.  During these summer  and fall

months, while regaining his  strength, he was busy with sketch  and note book collecting  material, for this part

of Arizona is the  scene of his novel "When  a Man's a Man." 

"Their Yesterdays" was written in Tucson, Arizona, and was  published in the fall of 1912, just one year after

the publication  of  "The Winning of Barbara Worth."  In order to write this story,  with  the least possible strain

on his nerves and vitality, Mr.  Wright  secluded himself in a little cottage purchased especially  for this  work.

His material was collected from the observations of  his  thoughtful years and his intimate knowledge of

human hearts.  This book  is, perhaps, more representative of the real Harold Bell  Wright than  anything he has

done.  It is the true presentation of  his views on  life, love and religion.  I once asked Mr. Wright, in  behalf of

the  faculty, to deliver an address to a graduating class  of some  twentyodd young men of the Morgan Park

Academy (Chicago).  He was very  busy and I suggested that without special effort he  make the  commonplace

remarks that one so often hears on like  occasions.  For  the first time that I remember he somewhat  impatiently

resented a  suggestion from me, saying "These young men  are on the threshold of  life and the very best that is

within me is  due to them.  I can give  to them only such a message as I would,  were I to stand before  judgment

on the morrow."  It was with just  this spirit that the author  wrote "Their Yesterdays." 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 110



Top




Page No 113


Following "Their Yesterdays" the next book in order of publication  was "The Eyes of the World," published

in the fall of 1914.  It was  written in the same arrowweed study on Tecolote Rancho in the  Imperial Valley

where he wrote "The Calling of Dan Matthews" and  "The  Winning of Barbara Worth."  Being fully in

sympathy with the  author's  purpose in writing this story, the campaign of advertising  was of such  educational

character and so eventful in many ways,  that it will long  be remembered by authors, publishers and reading

public, and, we  trust, make for cleaner books and pictures. 

As it was in the writing of "The Calling of Dan Matthews" so it was  in the writing of "The Eyes of the

World," the sense of duty stood  highest.  The modern trend in books and music and art and drama had  so

incensed the author that "The Eyes of the World" was the result  of  his all impelling desire for cleaner living

and thinking.  As is  true  of all writers, there are sometimes those who fail to catch  the  message in Mr.

Wright's books.  He is occasionally misunderstood,  and  that was especially true with "The Eyes of the World."

To the  great  majority of people, clean living and thinking, the message was  not to  be misinterpreted and to

them the book is blessed.  To that  small  minority it was convicting and, from a few such, it brought  forth

condemnation which, in a fellow author here and there, was  pronounced  and emphasized by envy and

jealousy.  To critics of this  class Mr.  Wright makes no reply and is not in the least disturbed. 

"The Uncrowned King," a small volumean allegorypublished in  1910, to me, is one of the most

delightful of Mr. Wright's books.  Possibly, it has an added charm because of certain peculiar  conditions.  It

was written in Redlands, California, during the  winter of 190910, although the notion for the little volume

occurred  to the author while living in Kansas City.  It was one of  those times  when the longing and will to do

a work greater than the  physical would  permit seemed almost overpowering when, unconsciously  coming to

his  aid, a young woman talking to a company of Christian  Endeavorers  chanced to remark, "After all, the real

kings of earth  are seldom  crowned."  All through the evening service thoughts that  this inspired  kept running

through the author's mind and late that  same night he  wrote the outline which was only completed some years

later and given  to his publishers to enrich the world. 

His first four novels in order of publication have been dramatized  and enjoyed by thousands from before the

footlights and it has been  a  delight to renew acquaintances with old friends in this way.  It  remained for "The

Eyes of the World" to be the first of his books  to  be presented in a feature production of motion pictures. 

The likes and dislikes of Harold Bell Wright are quite pronounced.  He is unpretending, cares not for the

limelight and avoids  interviews for the public press.  Loud, boisterous conversation is  but little less offensive

to him than vulgarity in speech or  action.  His friends are strong, cleanminded men who are doing  things in

the  world and are as necessary to his being as the air to  his existence,  and his generosity to them is no less

marked than  his caring and  providing for his family, which is almost a passion.  He is extremely  fond of most

forms of outdoor life.  The desert  with its vast  expanse, fierce solitude and varied colors is no less  attractive

to  him than the peaceful quiet of wooded dells, the  beauty of flowering  meadows or the rugged mountains

with their  roaring trout streams that  furnish him hours of sport with rod and  line.  He enjoys hunting,

horseback riding or long tramps afoot.  But when there is work to be  done it is the one thing that bulks

largest and all else must wait. 

After finishing "The Eyes of the World," Mr. Wright embarked on the  building of a home in the Santa

Monica mountains near Hollywood,  California.  So in the summer of 1915 the little family of five  began

making their residence in the new canyon home, one of  nature's  delightful spots. 

Then again, the author went into camp in the Arizona desert while  writing "When a Man's a Man."  For he

finds it very helpful to live  in the atmosphere of his story while doing the actual writing and  he  also avoids

frequent interruption.  I think he got more real  enjoyment  out of this story than any he has previously done.  It

is  a story of  the outofdoors in this great unfenced land where a man  must be a  man.  I suppose, too, he

enjoyed writing this work so  much, partly,  because it comes so easy for him to just tell a story  without the


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 111



Top




Page No 114


intervention of some nerve racking problem.  The only  book he has  heretofore written that is purely a story is

"The  Shepherd of the  Hills," and I sometimes wonder to what proportion  of his readers does  this Ozark story

hold first place.  For all  such, I am sure, "When a  Man's a Man" will find a reception of  special heartiness

because it is  just a fine, big, wholesome novel  of simple sweetness and virile  strength. 

I have written this sketch of Harold Bell Wright that you may know  him as intimately, if possible, as if you

had met him in person.  But  should you have the opportunity of making his acquaintance do  not deny  yourself

the pleasure.  If you are a lover of his books I  am sure you  are just the kind of person that the author himself

delights to meet. 

"Relay Heights," February 15, 1916. 


The ReCreation of Brian Kent

CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER. 112



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. The Re-Creation of Brian Kent, page = 4

   3. H. B. Wright, page = 4

   4. DEAR AUNTIE SUE:, page = 4

   5. CHAPTER I. A REMARKABLE WOMAN., page = 5

   6. CHAPTER II. THE MAN IN THE DARK., page = 8

   7. CHAPTER III. A MISSING LETTER., page = 11

   8. CHAPTER IV. THE WILL OF THE RIVER., page = 15

   9. CHAPTER V. AUNTIE SUE RECOGNIZES A GENTLEMAN., page = 16

   10. CHAPTER VI. IN THE LOG HOUSE BY THE RIVER., page = 21

   11. CHAPTER VII. OFFICERS OF THE LAW., page = 24

   12. CHAPTER VIII. THAT WHICH IS GREATER THAN THE LAW., page = 28

   13. CHAPTER IX. AUNTIE SUE'S PROPOSITION., page = 33

   14. CHAPTER X. BRIAN KENT DECIDES., page = 38

   15. CHAPTER XI. RE-CREATION., page = 42

   16. CHAPTER XII. AUNTIE SUE TAKES A CHANCE., page = 47

   17. CHAPTER XIII. JUDY TO THE RESCUE., page = 49

   18. CHAPTER XIV. BETTY JO CONSIDERS., page = 55

   19. CHAPTER XV. A MATTER OF BUSINESS., page = 62

   20. CHAPTER XVI. THE SECRET OF AUNTIE SUE'S LIFE., page = 66

   21. CHAPTER XVII. AN AWKWARD SITUATION., page = 71

   22. CHAPTER XVIII. BETTY JO FACES HERSELF., page = 74

   23. CHAPTER XIX. JUDY'S CONFESSION., page = 76

   24. CHAPTER XX. BRIAN AND BETTY JO KEEP HOUSE., page = 80

   25. CHAPTER XXI. THE WOMAN AT THE WINDOW., page = 84

   26. CHAPTER XXII. AT THE EMPIRE CONSOLIDATED SAVINGS BANK., page = 90

   27. CHAPTER XXIII. IN THE ELBOW ROCK RAPIDS., page = 95

   28. CHAPTER XXIV. JUDY'S RETURN., page = 101

   29. CHAPTER XXV. THE RIVER., page = 103